Collection of Commonly Recited Shlokas and Meanings:
॥ ஸார்த²ஶ்லோகஸங்க்³ரஹ ॥
ௐ
Meaning 0
The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and u and the
consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman.
%E0 Word Meanings 0;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
Shloka 1 Gayatri
ௐ பூ⁴ர்பு⁴வ: ஸ்வ: தத்ஸவிதுர்வரேண்யம்
ப⁴ர்கோ³ தே³வஸ்ய தீ⁴மஹி தி⁴யோ யோ ந: ப்ரசோத³யாத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 1
OM. I adore the Divine Self who illuminates the three worlds —
physical, astral and causal; I offer my prayers to that God who
shines like the Sun. May He enlighten our intellect.
This mantra is considered to be the greatest of all Mantras.
Those who repat this mantra with devotion develop a brilliant
intellect. This Mantra grants health of body and mind, and also
success, peace, prosperity and spiritual enlightment..
%E1 Word Meanings 1;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
பூ⁴ர்பு⁴வ: = the Earth and the world immediately above the earth;
ஸ்வ: = one’s own;
தத்ஸவிதுர்வரேண்யம் = that all creating great person in the form of sun;
ப⁴ர்கோ³ = radiance; lustre; brilliance;
தே³வஸ்ய = god’s;
தீ⁴மஹி = May meditate;
தி⁴யோ = intellect and mind ;’dhIH’:sing.;
யோ = He who;
ந: = us; to us or ours;
ப்ரசோத³யாத் = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 2 OMkar
ஓங்காரம் பி³ந்து³ஸம்யுக்தம் நித்யம் த்⁴யாயந்தி யோகி³ந: ।
காமத³ம் மோக்ஷத³ம் சைவ ஓங்காராய நமோ நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 2.
%E2 Word Meanings 2;
ஓங்காரம் = ?? ;
பி³ந்து³ஸம்யுக்தம் = one who is conjoind with a dot-like thing;
நித்யம் = ever; permanent;
த்⁴யாயந்தி = they meditate;
யோகி³ந: = realised souls;
காமத³ம் = one who gives the desired thing;
மோக்ஷத³ம் = the giver of liberation;
சைவ = and like;
ஓங்காராய = to the Brahman;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 3 Ganesha
ௐ க³ணாநாம் த்வா க³ணபதிம் ஹவாமஹே
கவிம் கவீநாமுபமஶ்ரவஸ்தமம் ।
ஜ்யேஷ்ட²ராஜம் ப்³ரஹ்மணாம் ப்³ரஹ்மணஸ்பத
ஆ ந: ஶ்ருʼண்வந்நூதிபி:⁴ ஸீத³ஸாத³நம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 3
We call on Thee, Lord of the hosts, the poet of poets, the most famous of
all; the Supreme king of spiritual knowledge, 0 Lord of spiritual wisdom.
Listen to us with thy graces and reside in the place (of
sacrifice)..
%E3 Word Meanings 3;
ௐ = ?? ;
க³ணாநாம் = ?? ;
த்வா = ?? ;
க³ணபதிம் = ?? ;
ஹவாமஹே= ?? ;
கவிம் = ?? ;
கவீநாம்= ?? ;
உபமஶ்ரவஸ்தமம் = ?? ;
ஜ்யேஷ்ட²ராஜம் = ?? ;
ப்³ரஹ்மணாம் = ?? ;
ப்³ரஹ்மணஸ்பத= ?? ;
ஆ = ?? ;
ந: = ?? ;
ஶ்ருʼண்வந்நூதிபி:⁴ = ?? ;
ஸீத³ஸாத³நம் = ?? ;
Shloka 4 Ganesha
வக்ரதுँட³ மஹாகாய கோடிஸூர்யஸமப்ரப⁴ ।
நிர்விக்⁴நம் குரு மே தே³வ ஸர்வகார்யேஷு ஸர்வதா³ ॥ ॥
Meaning 4
O Lord Ganesha, of huge body with elephant head, shining like
billions of suns, O God, remove all obstacles from my endeavors,
forever.
(Alternate)
Oh! Lord (Ganesha), of huge body and curved elephant trunk,
whose brilliance is equal to billions of suns, always remove all
obstacles from my endeavors..
%E4 Word Meanings 4;
வக்ரதுँட³ = Oh! the one with the curved piece of tusk;
மஹாகாய = big bodied;
கோடிஸூர்யஸமப்ரப⁴ = shining like a billions of Suns;
கோடி = crores, ten millions;
ஸூர்ய = Sun;
ஸமப்ரப⁴ = shining like;
நிர்விக்⁴நம் = without obstacles or hurdles;
குரு = do;
மே = to me or my;
தே³வ = Oh! god Oh! God!;
ஸர்வகார்யேஷு = in all actions or activities;
ஸர்வதா³ = ever; always;
Shloka 5 Ganesha
க³ஜாநநம் பூ⁴தக³ணாதி³ஸேவிதம்
கபித்த²ஜம்பூ³ப²லஸாரப⁴க்ஷிதம் ।
உமாஸுதம் ஶோகவிநாஶகாரணம்
நமாமி விக்⁴நேஶ்வரபாத³பங்கஜம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 5
Salutations to Lord Ganesha who has an elephant head, who is attended
by the band of his followers, who eats his favorite wood-apple and
rose-apple fruits, who is the son of Goddess Uma, who is the cause of
destruction of all sorrow. And I salute to his feet which are like
lotus..
%E5 Word Meanings 5;
க³ஜாநநம் = one who is having an elephant face;
பூ⁴தக³ணாதி³ = by the group of ogres and the like who are the
attendants of Lord shiva;
ஸேவிதம் = the one who has been served worshipped;
கபித்த²ஜம்பூ³ = wood-apple and `jAmun’, rose apple, trees or fruits;
ப²லஸார = the essence of the fruit;
ப⁴க்ஷிதம் = that which has been eaten;
உமாஸுதம் = the son of Uma;
ஶோகவிநாஶ = for the destruction of sorrow;
காரணம் = the cause;
நமாமி = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
விக்⁴நேஶ்வர = the Master or controller of all obstacles;
பாத³பங்கஜம் = the lotus feet;
Shloka 6 Ganesha
ஸுமுக²ஶ்சைகத³ந்தஶ்ச கபிலோ க³ஜகர்ணக: ।
லம்போ³த³ரஶ்ச விகடோ விக்⁴நநாஶோ க³ணாதி⁴ப: ।
தூ⁴ம்ரகேதுர்க³ணாத்⁴யக்ஷோ பா⁴லசந்த்³ரோ க³ஜாநந: ।
த்³வாத³ஶைதாநி நாமாநி ய: படே²ச்ச்²ருʼணுயாத³பி ।
வித்³யாரம்பே⁴ விவாஹே ச ப்ரவேஶே நிர்க³மே ததா² ।
ஸங்க்³ராமே ஸங்கடே சைவ விக்⁴நஸ்தஸ்ய ந ஜாயதே ॥ ॥
Meaning 6
sumukha, ekada.nta, kapila, gajakarNaka, lambodara, vikaTa,
vighnanAsha, ganAdhipa, dhUmraketu, gaNAdhyakSha,
bhAlachandra, gajAnana –
No obstacles will come in the way of one who reads or
listens to these 12 names of Lord Ganesha at the beginning
of education, at the time of marriage, while entering or exiting
anything, during a battle or calamity..
%E6 Word Meanings 6;
ஸுமுக:² = the one with a nice face;
ச = and;
ஏகத³ந்த: = one who has one tooth or tusk;
ச = and;
கபிலோ = a sage by that name;
க³ஜகர்ணக: = one who is having elephant-ears denotes ‘Ganesh’
one of 12 such famous names;
லம்போ³த³ர: = with one big(long) belly that is Ganesh;
ச = and;
விகடோ = one of the 12 names of Ganesha;
விக்⁴நநாஶோ = the remover of all obstacles;
க³ணாதி⁴ப: = the chief or leader of the groups;
தூ⁴ம்ரகேதுர்க³ணாத்⁴யக்ஷோ = these are 2 of the 12 famous names of Ganesh;
பா⁴லசந்த்³ரோ = the one wearing the moon in the forehead;
க³ஜாநந: = one who is having an elephant face denotes lord Ganesh;
த்³வாத³ஶைதாநி = twelve of these;
நாமாநி = names;
ய: = He who;
படே²ச்ச்²ருʼணுயாத³பி = If one reads or even listens to;
வித்³யாரம்பே⁴ = at the commencement of learning or schooling;
விவாஹே = during marriage;
ச = and;
ப்ரவேஶே = while entering;
நிர்க³மே = in the act of emanating or going out;
ததா² = like that (cf. yathA tathA);
ஸங்க்³ராமே = in the battlefield;
ஸங்கடே = in the midst of difficulty or trouble;
சைவ = and like;
விக்⁴நஸ்தஸ்ய = obstacles to him;
ந = NoNot; no;
ஜாயதே = is born; becomes;;
Shloka 7 Ganesha
ஶுக்லாம்ப³ரத⁴ரம் தே³வம் ஶஶிவர்ணம் சதுர்பு⁴ஜம் ।
ப்ரஸந்நவத³நம் த்⁴யாயேத் ஸர்வவிக்⁴நோபஶாந்தயே ॥ ॥
Meaning 7
In order to remove all obstacles, one should meditate on (the God
Ganesha) as wearing a white garment, as having the complexion like the
moon, and having four arms and a pleasant countenance..
%E7 Word Meanings 7;
ஶுக்லாம்ப³ரத⁴ரம் = the one wearing a white dress;
தே³வம் = God;
ஶஶிவர்ணம் = the moon-colored one;
சதுர்பு⁴ஜம் = one who is having four hands;
ப்ரஸந்நவத³நம் = the one having a pleased or pleasant face;
த்⁴யாயேத் = Let us meditate;
ஸர்வவிக்⁴நோபஶாந்தயே = for the appeasement of all obstacles or hurdles;
Shloka 8 Ganesha
அபீ⁴ப்ஸிதார்த²ஸித்³த்⁴யர்த²ம் பூஜிதோ ய: ஸுராஸுரை: ।
ஸர்வவிக்⁴நஹரஸ்தஸ்மை க³ணாதி⁴பதயே நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 8
Salutations to Lord Ganesha who is worshipped by the gods and the demons
fot fulfilling their desires, for removing all obstacles..
%E8 Word Meanings 8;
அபி⁴ப்ஸிதார்த²ஸித்³த்⁴யர்த²ம் = ?? ;
பூஜிதோ = one worshipped by others;
ய: = He who;
ஸுராஸுரை: = bythe gods and demons;
ஸர்வவிக்⁴நஹரஸ்தஸ்மை = ?? ;
க³ணாதி⁴பதயே = to the lord of groups of shiva’s attendants;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 9 Ganesha
ப்ரணம்ய ஶிரஸா தே³வம் கௌ³ரீபுத்ரம் விநாயகம் ।
ப⁴க்தாவாஸம் ஸ்மரேந்நித்யம் ஆயு:காமார்த²ஸித்³த⁴யே ॥ ॥
Meaning 9
After bowing to the Lord Vinayaka, the son of Goddess Garui,
the God who dwells in the hearts of his devotees, one should constantly
remember Him in order to achieve long life, wealth and fulfillment of
wishes..
%E9 Word Meanings 9;
ப்ரணம்ய = having bowed;
ஶிரஸா = by the head;
தே³வம் = God;
கௌ³ரீபுத்ரம் = gauri’s son;
விநாயகம் = Vinayaka;
ப⁴க்தாவாஸம் = one who dwells in his devotees or their hearts;
ஸ்மரேநித்யம் = constant remembrance;
ஆயு:காமார்த²ஸித்³த⁴யே = for achieving or obtaining long life, desires
and wealth;
Shloka 10 Ganesha
அக³ஜாநநபத்³மார்கம் க³ஜாநநமஹர்நிஶம் ।
அநேகத³ந்தம் ப⁴க்தாநாம் ஏகத³ந்தமுபாஸ்மஹே ॥ ॥
Meaning 10
We worship by day and by night the elephant-faced and single-tusked Lord
Ganesha, whose presence makes Mother Parvathi’s face bloom with immense
joy,like the sun who makes the lotus bloom, and he who is a benevolent
bestower of innumerable boons to his devotees.
The verse is based on pun and a play on words: Agajaanana-Gajaanana,
Anekadam tam-Ekadantam, are simlar sounding words with different meanings.
.
%E10 Word Meanings 10;
அக³ஜா = Parvati அக³ = mountain, i.e. Himalaya, ஜா = daughter)
ஆநந பத்³ம = face that is like a lotus (ஆநந =face, பத்³ம =lotus)
அர்கம் = the Sun
அக³ஜாநநபத்³மார்கம் = the one who, like the Sun, makes the lotus face
of (his mother) Parvati bloom (with joy)
க³ஜாநநம் = the elephant-faced God (க³ஜாநந in the accusative case)
அஹர்நிஶம் = day and night
அநேக =several.
த³ம் =giver( in the accusative case)
அநேகத³ம் = bestower of innumerable boons
தம் = him
ப⁴க்தாநாம் = to the devotees
ஏகத³ந்தமுபாஸ்மஹே = I worship the one tusked;
Shloka 11 Ganesha
க³ஜவக்த்ரம் ஸுரஶ்ரேஷ்ட²ம் கர்ணசாமரபூ⁴ஷிதம் ।
பாஶாங்குஶத⁴ரம் தே³வம் வந்தே³ঽஹம் க³ணநாயகம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 11
I bow before that God who is the leader of Shiva’s ghosts, whose face
resembles that of an elephant, who is supreme among the deities,
who sports ears that look like fans and who is armed with noose and
goad..
%E11 Word Meanings 11;
க³ஜவக்த்ரம் = one who is having an elephant mouth refers to Ganesh;
ஸுரஶ்ரேஷ்ட²ம் = the most high or the best of the gods;
கர்ணசாமரபூ⁴ஷிதம் = adorned with winnow-like ears;
பாஶாங்குஶத⁴ரம் = bearing or wearing the weapons of;
தே³வம் = God;
வந்தே³ঽஹம் = I worship;
க³ணநாயகம் = the leader of the gaNa’s groups; generally denotes
the lord `Ganesh’;
Shloka 12 Ganesha
ஏகத³ந்தம் மஹாகாயம் தப்தகாஞ்சநஸந்நிப⁴ம் ।
லம்போ³த³ரம் விஶாலாக்ஷம் வந்தே³ঽஹம் க³ணநாயகம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 12
I bow down to one tusked, huge-bodied, big-bellied, large-eyed Lord
Ganesha whose complexion is like that of molten gold..
%E12 Word Meanings 12;
ஏகத³ந்தம் = one who has one tooth tusk;
மஹாகாயம் = the big-bodied one;
தப்தகாஞ்சநஸந்நிப⁴ம் = resembling heated or melted gold;
லம்போ³த³ரம் = ?? ;
விஶாலாக்ஷம் = the one with long eyes;
வந்தே³ঽஹம் = I worship;
க³ணநாயகம் = the leader of the gaNa’s groups; generally denotes
the lord `Ganesh’;
Shloka 13 Ganesha
க³ஜவத³நமசிந்த்யம் தீக்ஷ்ணத³ம்ஷ்ட்ரம் த்ரிநேத்ரம்
ப்³ருʼஹது³த³ரமஶேஷம் பூ⁴திராஜம் புராணம் ।
அமரவர-ஸுபூஜ்யம் ரக்தவர்ணம் ஸுரேஶம்
பஶுபதிஸுதமீஶம் விக்⁴நராஜம் நமாமி ॥ ॥
Meaning 13
Elephant faced, beyond thought, sharp teethed, three eyed,
large bellied, the perfect one, the king of the riches, the ancient
one, the one to be respected by all the gods, with red complexion, the
lord of the gods, son of Shiva (the lord of life), ruler over obstacles;
I bow to you..
%E13 Word Meanings 13;
க³ஜவத³நமசிந்த்யம் = the elephant faced one who is beyond
comprehension or thought;
தீக்ஷ்ணத³ம்ஷ்ட்ரம் = the one with sharp or terrible teeth;
த்ரிநேத்ரம் = the three-eyed one;
ப்³ருʼஹத் = Big; large;
ப்³ருʼஹது³த³ர = one with huge stomach;
அஶேஷ = whole, entire, complete, perfect,;
பூ⁴திராஜம் = the king of well-being or the royal donor of all goodness;
புராணம் = the ancient; old; also refers to the ancient works in
story-form known as purANa;
அமரவர = ?? ;
ஸுபூஜ்யம் = ?? ;
ரக்தவர்ணம் = the red colored;
ஸுரேஶம் = the master of the gods;
பஶுபதிஸுதமீஶம் = Lord Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
விக்⁴நராஜம் = the lord who governs obstacles or hurdles;
நமாமி = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
Shloka 14 Ganesha
கார்யம் மே ஸித்³தி⁴மாயாது ப்ரஸந்நே த்வயி தா⁴தரி ।
விக்⁴நாநி நாஶமாயாந்து ஸர்வாணி ஸுரநாயக ॥ ॥
Meaning 14
Oh! Creator, Oh leader of the gods; May success come to my efforts
by your grace (lit. while you are pleased); (and) May all the obstacles
meet their end! .
%E14 Word Meanings 14;
கார்யம் = that which is done or to be done;
மே = to me or my;
ஸித்³தி⁴மாயாது = May reach fulfillment;
ப்ரஸந்நே த்வயி தா⁴தரி = while you (the maker or supporter)
are pleased.;
This is the so-called sati-saptamI, a typical phrase where the;
saptamI vibhaktI has the unusual meaning;
தா⁴த்ருʼ = in the maker ; author; creator;
விக்⁴நாநி = the obstacles; hurdles;
நாஶமாயாந்து = May (they) come to end;
ஸர்வாணி = all;
ஸுரநாயக = the leader or head of the gods;
Shloka 15 Ganesha
மூஷிகவாஹந் மோத³கஹஸ்த சாமரகர்ண விலம்பி³த ஸூத்ர ।
வாமநரூப மஹேஶ்வரபுத்ர விக்⁴நவிநாயக பாத³ நமஸ்தே ॥ ॥
Meaning 15
Oh God who has the mouse as his vehicle, and the sweet modhaka
(rice ball) in your hand, whose ears are wide like fans, wearing
the sacred thread. Oh son of Lord Shiva who is of short stature and
who removes all obstacles, Lord Vinayaka, I bow at your feet,.
%E15 Word Meanings 15;
மூஷகவாஹந = Oh! the one having the mouse as the vehicle!;
மோத³கஹஸ்த = Oh! the one having rice ball in the hand;
சாமரகர்ண = one who has winnow-fan-like ears;
விலம்பி³த = hanging; pendant; depending; delayed;
ஸூத்ர = of the stringstring; formula; aphorism etc.;
வாமநரூப = one who has taken the form or `avatar’ of Vamana; Vishnu;
மஹேஶ்வரபுத்ர = Oh! son of the great Lord Shiva;
விக்⁴நவிநாயக = the one without a leader who controls all obstacles;
பாத³ = at (M.nom.) a leg, the body part or the part of the verse
or text;
நமஸ்தே = greetings, salutations to you;
Shloka 16 Ganesh
ஏகத³ந்தாய வித்³மஹே । வக்ரதுँடா³ய தீ⁴மஹி ।
தந்நோ த³ந்தீ ப்ரசோத³யாத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 16
(This is a typical Vedic dialog where puzzles are posed and solved.
they are always recited by alternate groups as below.)
Poser:We know of one with just one tooth!
Responder: Yes, we think of the one with a bent mouth.
Together: May he, the one known as da.ntI (One with the tooth) awaken
us (to the ultimate truth).
.
%E16 Word Meanings 16;
ஏகத³ந்தாய = to the one-tusked i.e. Ganesh;
வித்³மஹே = offering;
வக்ரதுँடா³ய = to the one with curved broken part (tusk);
தீ⁴மஹி = May meditate;
தந்நோ = ?? ;
த³ந்தீ = the tusked one i.e. the elephant;
ப்ரசோத³யாத் = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 17 Guru
கு³ருர்ப்³ரஹ்மா கு³ருர்விஷ்ணூ: கு³ருர்தே³வோ மஹேஶ்வர: ।
கு³ரு: ஸாக்ஷாத் பரப்³ரஹ்ம தஸ்மை ஶ்ரீகு³ரவே நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 17
Guru is indeed the Creator in the form Lord Brahma,
he is indeed the Sustainer as Lord Vishnu, and Destroyer as Lord Shiva,
in fact he is the limitless Brahman, I salute to such a Guru!
(Alternate)
Salutations to the Guru who is himself Brahma, the creator,
VishNu, the protector and Shiva, the destroyer. Who is none
other than the limitless great Brahman. To Him are all my
salutations..
%E17 Word Meanings 17;
கு³ரு: = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ப்³ரஹ்மா = creator;
விஷ்ணூ = Lord Vishnu, the sustainer;
தே³வ = god;
மஹேஶ்வர: = the great Lord (Shiva);
கு³ரு: = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ஸாக்ஷாத் = face to face;
பரப்³ரஹ்ம = the great Brahman;
தஸ்மை = to him;
ஶ்ரீ = relating to Prosperity; wealth; goddess LakShmi and ` shrIH’
is fem.nom.; also an honourable prefix;
கு³ரவே = to the teacher; preceptor;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 18 Guru
ப்³ரஹ்மாநந்த³ம் பரமஸுக²த³ம் கேவலம் ஜ்ஞாநமூர்திம்
த்³வந்த்³வாதீதம் க³க³நஸத்³ருʼஶம் தத்த்வமஸ்யாதி³லக்ஷ்யம் ।
ஏகம் நித்யம் விமலமசலம் ஸர்வதீ⁴ஸாக்ஷிபூ⁴தம்
பா⁴வாதீதம் த்ரிகு³ணரஹிதம் ஸத்³கு³ரும் தம் நமாமி ।
ஶ்ரீத³த்தகு³ருத்⁴யாநம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 18
Salutations to the true Guru who is the embodiment of the bliss of the
knowledge of Brahman and the bestower of supreme happiness, who is
absolute, knowledge personified and beyond duality, who is all
encompassing like the sky,
and the one who is fixated in the ultimate Truth, the who is unique,
eternal, pure, and constant, the one perceived by all thinkers,
beyond all states of existence and devoid of the three qualities of
nature..
%E18 Word Meanings 18;
ப்³ரஹ்மாநந்த³ம் = Beautitide; bliss; nirvANa;
பரமஸுக²த³ம் = the giver of great happiness, bliss;
கேவலம் = only;
ஜ்ஞாநமூர்திம் = knowledge personified or knowledge itself taking the
form of a man;
த்³வந்த்³வாதீதம் = beyond the dual nature of things i.e. individual
soul and Universal soul being considered as two entities;
க³க³நஸத்³ருʼஶம் = one who is like the sky;
தத்த்வமஸ்யாதி³லக்ஷ்யம் = the ultimate truth (tattvaM) is his principal;
target;
ஏகம் = cardinal number 1, unique;
நித்யம் = ever; permanent;
விமலமசலம் = the pure mountain;
ஸர்வதீ⁴ஸாக்ஷிபூ⁴தம் = the one existing as the witness of all
intellect or mind;
பா⁴வாதீதம் = beyond one’s thought or imagination;
த்ரிகு³ணரஹிதம் = bereft of the three qualities i.e. satva, raja
and tama;
ஸத்³கு³ரும் = the good teacher or preceptor;
தம் = him;
நமாமி = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ஶ்ரீத³த்தகு³ருத்⁴யாநம் = meditating on the respected preceptor Dattatreya;
Shloka 19 Guru
அக²ண்ட³மண்ட³லாகாரம் வ்யாப்தம் யேந சராசரம் ।
தத்பத³ம் த³ர்ஶிதம் யேந தஸ்மை ஶ்ரீகு³ரவே நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 19
Salutations to that respected Guru who showed us the place of the
one who pervades the vast universe with all its movable and
immovable things..
%E19 Word Meanings 19;
அக²ண்ட³மண்ட³லாகாரம் = one who has taken the form of an undivided
circle or universe;
வ்யாப்தம் = manifested;
யேந = by whom;
சராசரம் = the moving and the non-moving things;
தத்பத³ம் = his position; his post;;
த³ர்ஶிதம் = shown;
யேந = by whom;
தஸ்மை = to him;
ஶ்ரீகு³ரவே = to the respected teacher;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 20 Guru
அஜ்ஞாநதிமிராந்த⁴ஸ்ய ஜ்ஞாநாஞ்ஜநஶலாகயா ।
சக்ஷுருந்மீலிதம் யேந தஸ்மை ஶ்ரீகு³ரவே நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 20
He who opens the eyes blinded by the darkness of ignorance, with a
needle dipped in knowledge, to that guru we salute.
(alternate)
Salutations to that respected Guru who opens the spiritual eyes
of those blind, due to ignorance, with the ointment of knowledge..
%E20 Word Meanings 20;
அஜ்ஞாநதிமிராந்த⁴ஸ்ய = of the person blinded by the darkness of ignorance;
ஜ்ஞாநாஞ்ஜநஶலாகயா = with a thin rod or needle having
knowledge-collyrium;
சக்ஷுருந்மீலிதம் = the opened eyes;
யேந = by whom;
தஸ்மை = to him;
ஶ்ரீ-கு³ரவே = ?? ;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 21 Guru
த்⁴யாநமூலம் கு³ரோர்மூர்தி: பூஜாமூலம் கு³ரோ: பத³ம் ।
மந்த்ரமூலம் கு³ரோர்வாக்யம் மோக்ஷமூலம் கு³ரோ: க்ருʼபா ॥ ॥
Meaning 21
The basis of meditation is guru’s idol,
the support of worship is guru’s feet;
the origin of mantra is guru’s word,
the cause of liberation is guru’s mercy..
%E21 Word Meanings 21;
த்⁴யாநமூலம் = the source or root for meditation;
கு³ரோர்மூர்திர்பூஜாமூலம் = the person of the preceptor is the root or
beginning of all worship;
கு³ரோர்பத³ம் = the place or abode of the preceptor or the feet of
the preceptor;
மந்த்ர-மூலம் = ?? ;
கு³ரோர்வாக்யம் = the sentence of the peceptor;
மோக்ஷ-மூலம் = ?? ;
கு³ரோ: = the teacher’s;
க்ருʼபா = mercy; sympathy;
Shloka 22 Guru
நமோ கு³ருப்⁴யோ கு³ருபாது³காப்⁴யோ
நம: பரேப்⁴ய: பரபாது³காப்⁴ய: ।
ஆசார்யஸித்³தே⁴ஶ்வரபாது³காப்⁴யோ
நமோঽஸ்து லக்ஷ்மீபதிபாது³காப்⁴ய: ॥ ॥
Meaning 22
Salutations to the guru and guru’s sandals;
Salutations to elders and their sandals;
Salutations to the sandals of the teacher of Perfecton;
Salutations to the sandals of VishNu, the husband of Laxmi..
%E22 Word Meanings 22;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
கு³ருப்⁴யோ = to the teachers;
கு³ருபாது³காப்⁴யோ = to the sandals of the preceptor;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
பரேப்⁴ய: = to the others;
பரபாது³காப்⁴ய: = to the great sandals of the master;
ஆசார்யஸித்³தே⁴ஶ்வரபாது³காப்⁴யோ = to the sandals of the Siddesvara teacher;
நமோঽஸ்து = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
லக்ஷ்மீபதிபாது³காப்⁴ய: = to the sandals of the husband of Laxmi;
(laxmIpatiH);
Shloka 23 Vishnu
ஶாந்தாகாரம் பு⁴ஜக³ஶயநம் பத்³மநாப⁴ம் ஸுரேஶம்
விஶ்வாதா⁴ரம் க³க³நஸத்³ருʼஶம் மேக⁴வர்ணம் ஶுபா⁴ங்க³ம் ।
லக்ஷ்மீகாந்தம் கமலநயநம் யோகி³பி⁴ர்த்⁴யாநக³ம்யம்
வந்தே³ விஷ்ணும் ப⁴வப⁴யஹரம் ஸர்வலோகைகநாத²ம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 23
Salutations to Lord Vishnu, the one with peaceful disposition,
one who is reclining over the soft coil-bed of the Serpent God,
the one with a lotus growing in his navel, the leader of the gods,
the support of the universe, all-pervasive like the ether,
cloud-colored one, ausipicious-bodied one, the Spouse of Laxmi, lotus
eyed one, visible to the yogis in their meditations, remover of the
fear of the rounds of rebirth, the unique Lord of all the worlds,
salutations !
(Alternate)
HIS visage is peaceful.
HE reposes upon the great serpent, (sheShanAga)
From HIS navel springs the lotus.
HE is the mainstay of the universe
HE is like the sky, all pervading.
HIS complexion is like that of clouds
HIS FORM is auspicious
HE is the consort of Goddess Laxmi.
HIS eyes are like lotus.
Yogis reach HI.n through meditation.
I worship VISHNU, the destroyer of the fears of the
world and the sole MASTER of all the universes..
%E23 Word Meanings 23;
ஶாந்தாகாரம் = the one having a peaceful or serene form;
பு⁴ஜக³ஶயநம் = one who is sleeping on a snake as the bed;
பத்³மநாப⁴ம் = the one having a lotus at the navel, Vishnu;
ஸுரேஶம் = the master of the gods;
விஶ்வாதா⁴ரம் = the one who is the support or basis for the Universe;
க³க³நஸத்³ருʼஶம் = one who is like the sky;
மேக⁴வர்ணம் = having the color of the cloud;
ஶுபா⁴ங்க³ம் = the one with the auspicious body;
லக்ஷ்மீகாந்தம் = husband of Laxmi;
கமலநயநம் = the lotus-eyed person;
யோகி³பி:⁴ = Yogis;
த்⁴யாந = meditation;
அக³ம்யம் = reaching;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
விஷ்ணும் = Vishnu;
ப⁴வப⁴யஹரம் = one who removes or takes away the fear caused by
the `bhava’ of births and deaths;
ஸர்வ = all;
லோகைக = of the world;
நாத²ம் = the lord or husband;
Shloka 24 Vishnu
ஸர்வதா³ ஸர்வகார்யேஷு நாஸ்தி தேஷாமமங்க³ளம் ।
யேஷாம் ஹ்ருʼதி³ஸ்தோ² ப⁴க³வாந் மங்க³ளாயதநோ ஹரி: ॥ ॥
Meaning 24
In all activities and at all times, there will be no
inauspiciousness and obstacles for those persons, in whose heart
resides bhagavAn Hari – the home of the auspiciousness (himself!)..
%E24 Word Meanings 24;
ஸர்வதா³ = ever; always;
ஸர்வகார்யேஷு = in all actions or activities;
நாஸ்தி = no one is there; not there;
தேஷாமமங்க³ளம் = their non-auspiciousness; their downfall;
யேஷாம் = whose;
ஹ்ருʼதி³ஸ்த:² = (he who is) stationed in the heart;
ப⁴க³வாந் = God; or a respectable person one who possesses the
bhaga -a cluster of good things including wealth and happiness;
மங்க³ளாயதந: = the home of the auspiciousness – adjective of god;
ஹரி: = Lord Hari;
Shloka 25 Vishnu
ததே³வ லக்³நம் ஸுதி³நம் ததே³வ
தாராப³லம் சந்த்³ரப³லம் ததே³வ ।
வித்³யாப³லம் தை³வப³லம் ததே³வ
லக்ஷ்மீபதே தேங்க்⁴ரியுக³ம் ஸ்மராமி ॥ ॥
Meaning 25
That alone is the best time, that only is the best day,
that time only has the strength bestowed by stars, moon,
knowledge and Gods, when we think of the feet of Lord
Vishnu who is the spouse of Goddess LakShmi..
%E25 Word Meanings 25;
ததே³வ = tat and eva-that alone; that only;
லக்³நம் = ascending sign in astrology;
ஸுதி³நம் = good day;
ததே³வ = tat and eva-that alone; that only;
தாராப³லம் = the power bestowed by the star;
சந்த்³ரப³லம் = the strength of the moon;
ததே³வ = tat and eva-that alone; that only;
வித்³யாப³லம் = the power of knowledge or learning;
தை³வப³லம் = the power or might of the gods or given by the gods;
ததே³வ = tat and eva-that alone; that only;
லக்ஷ்மீபதே = O! Vishnu (husband of Laxmi);
தேம்ঽக்⁴ரியுக³ம் = ?? ;
ஸ்மராமி = I remember;
Shloka 26 Vishnu
ஹரிர்தா³தா ஹரிர்போ⁴க்தா ஹரிரந்நம் ப்ரஜாபதி: ।
ஹரி: ஸர்வஶரீரஸ்தோ² பு⁴ங்க்தே போ⁴ஜயதே ஹரி: ॥ ॥
Meaning 26
Lord Hari is the Giver. Lord Hari is the enjoyer. Hari is the
food and the Creator. He, while residing in all beings, is the
one who feeds himself as well as the body..
%E26 Word Meanings 26;
ஹரிர்தா³தா = Hari (is) the giver;
;
ஹரிர்போ⁴க்தா = Hari himself (is) the eater / enjoyer / consumer;
ஹரிரந்நம் = Hari becomes the food;
ப்ரஜாபதி: = Brahma, the creator;
ஹரி: = Lord Hari;
ஸர்வஶரீரஸ்தோ² = residing (sthaH) in all (sarva) bodies (sharIra);
பு⁴ங்க்தே = eats;
போ⁴ஜயதே = feeds (some)one else;
ஹரி: = Lord Hari;
Shloka 27 Vishnu
நமோঽஸ்து தே வ்யாஸ விஶாலபு³த்³தே⁴ பு²ல்லாரவிந்தா³யதபத்ரநேத்ர ।
யேந த்வயா பா⁴ரததைலபூர்ண: ப்ரஜ்வாலிதோ ஜ்ஞாநமயப்ரதீ³ப: ॥ ॥
Meaning 27
Oh! Salutations to Vyas with grand knowledge and eyes
like the wide leaf of a fully blossomed lotus, (since) it was you who
lighted the lamp of Knowledge filled with the oil (in the form) of
mahAbhArata..
%E27 Word Meanings 27;
நமோঽஸ்து = let there be (astu) my or our bowing or salutation
(namaH) to you (te);
தே = to you([4]) or your([6]) (here:[4].);
வ்யாஸ = Hey Vyasa ([7]);
விஶாலபு³த்³தே⁴ = Oh! the one with extensive knowledge;
பு²ல்லாரவிந்தா³யதபத்ரநேத்ர = the one with eyes (netra);
like the wide leaf (Ayatapatra) of a fully blossomed (phulla) lotus;
(aravi.nda) ([7]);
யேந = by whom([3]);
த்வயா = by you([3]);
பா⁴ரததைலபூர்ண: = filled (pUrNaH) with oil (taila) of mahAbhArata;
ப்ரஜ்வாலிதோ = the kindled into flames; inflamed; lighted;
ஜ்ஞாநமயப்ரதீ³ப: = the light or lamp (pradIpaH) wholly made up of
or full of knowledge (j~nAnamayaH);
Shloka 28 Vishnu
வ்யாஸாய விஷ்ணுரூபாய வ்யாஸரூபாய விஷ்ணவே ।
நமோ வை ப்³ரஹ்மநித⁴யே வாஸிஷ்டா²ய நமோநம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 28
Salutations to VyAsa who is (really) Vishnu, to Vishnu, who is (really)
VyAsa; many salutations to him, the veritable treasure of knowledge of Brahman
and the lineal descendant of VasisTha..
%E28 Word Meanings 28;
வ்யாஸாய = to the sage Vyasa;
விஷ்ணுரூபாய = to the one who is like Vishnu;
வ்யாஸரூபாய = to the one who is like VyAsa;
விஷ்ணவே = to Vishnu;
நமோ = salutation (namaH);
வை = indeed; truly; also used as an expletive, a vocative particle;
showing entreaty or pursuasion; sometimes just a meaningless;
meter-adjuster!;
ப்³ரஹ்மநித⁴யே = to the one who is a great reservoir of Brahman;
வாஸிஷ்டா²ய = to the scion of Vasishta;
நமோநம: = repeated salutations;
Shloka 29 Vishnu
யம் ப்³ரஹ்மாவருணேந்த்³ரருத்³ரமருத: ஸ்துவந்தி தி³வ்யை: ஸ்தவை:
வேதை:³ ஸாங்க³பத³க்ரமோபநிஷதை³ர்கா³யந்தி யம் ஸாமகா:³ ।
த்⁴யாநாவஸ்தி²ததத்³க³தேந மநஸா பஶ்யந்தி யம் யோகி³நோ
யஸ்யாந்தம் ந விது:³ ஸுராஸுரக³ணா தே³வாய தஸ்மை நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 29
He whom Brahma, Varun, Indra, Rudra, and Maruta worship with divine
songs; He to whom the SAma singers sing from Vedas and all related
scripture; He whom the yogis see when their minds reach the ultimate
state; He whose end is not known to the gods or the demons; To that
Divinity I offer my salutation..
%E29 Word Meanings 29;
யம் = whom;
ப்³ரஹ்மாவருணேந்த்³ரருத்³ரமருத: = Brahma. VaruNa, Indra, Rudra and the
Marut, wind-god;
ஸ்துவந்தி = (they) praise;
தி³வ்யை: = by the divine;
ஸ்தவை: = by the eulogising hymns;
வேதை:³ = by the vedas ([3]);
ஸாங்க³பத³க்ரமோபநிஷதை:³ = with the six vedA.nga’s, the versions;
of recitals known as pada and krama, and the various upaniShadaH;
கா³யந்தி = they sing;
யம் = (to) whom;
ஸாமகா:³ = singers of the SAma, the reciters of the Veda known as;
the SAmaveda;
த்⁴யாநாவஸ்தி²ததத்³க³த = the one which has reached the ultimate;
(tadgata) during the meditative state (dhyAnAvasthita), (here, an;
adjective of the mind of the Yogis.);
மநஸா = by the mind([3]);
பஶ்யந்தி = (they) see;
யம் = He whom;
யோகி³ந: = Yogis;
யஸ்யாந்தம் = whose end;
ந = not; no;
விது:³ = Understood; knew;
ஸுராஸுரக³ணா = groups of gods and demons;
தே³வாய = to the god([4]);
தஸ்மை = to him([4]);
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 30 Vishnu
காயேந வாசா மநஸேந்த்³ரியைர்வா ।
பு³த்³த்⁴யாத்மநா வா ப்ரக்ருʼதிஸ்வபா⁴வாத் ।
கரோமி யத்³யத் ஸகலம் பரஸ்மை ।
நாராயணாயேதி ஸமர்பயாமி ॥ ॥
Meaning 30
Whatever I perform with my body, speech, mind, limbs, intellect, or my
inner self either intentionally or unintentionally,
I dedicate it all to that Supreme Lord Narayana..
%E30 Word Meanings 30;
காயேந = through or with the help of the body;
வாசா = through words or speech; text;
மநஸேந்த்³ரியைர்வா = by mind (manasA) or by limbs (indriyaiH vA);
பு³த்³தி⁴ = intellect;
ஆத்மநா = by one’s own self or efforts;
வா = or; also; like; either or;
ப்ரக்ருʼதிஸ்வபா⁴வாத் = due to force of nature or habit;
கரோமி = (I) do, perform;
யத்³யத் = whatever;
ஸகலம் = all;
பரஸ்மை = (to th)e other person, (to the) great [4];
நாராயணாயேதி = Thus (to) Vishnu (nArAyaNAya)[4] (the word;
iti works like quote marks);
ஸமர்பயாமி = I dedicate; offer;
Shloka 31 Vishnu
அச்யுதம் கேஶவம் ராமநாராயணம் ।
க்ருʼஷ்ணதா³மோத³ரம் வாஸுதே³வம் ஹரிம் ।
ஶ்ரீத⁴ரம் மாத⁴வம் கோ³பிகாவல்லப⁴ம் ।
ஜாநகீநாயகம் ராமசந்த்³ரம் ப⁴ஜே ॥ ॥
Meaning 31
I adore Achyuta, Keshava, Rama, Narayan, Krishna, Damodar, Vasudev, Hari,
Shridhar, Madhav, Beloved of the Gopis and Ramachandra, the husband of
Janaki, In other words, I worship Vishnu in all his different forms and
all his different actions..
%E31 Word Meanings 31;
அச்யுதம் = God `achyuta’ meaning one who does not lapse;
கேஶவம் = Keshava (Krishna)[2];
நாராயணம் = Vishnu[2];
க்ருʼஷ்ணதா³மோத³ரம் = Krishna having the waist-band-tied belly[2];
வாஸுதே³வம் = the son of `vasudeva'[2];
ஹரிம் = Lord Hari[2];
ஶ்ரீத⁴ரம் = Vishnu , adored with the company of LakShmi or one who;
possesses glory, wealth[2];
மாத⁴வம் = Madhava[2];
கோ³பிகாவல்லப⁴ம் = the beloved of the cow-herd women[2]; refers to Krishna;
ஜாநகீநாயகம் = husband of Janaki, Sita i.e Rama[2];
ராமசந்த்³ரம் = the moon-like Rama[2];
ப⁴ஜே = I worship;
Shloka 32 Vishnu
லாப⁴ஸ்தேஷாம் ஜயஸ்தேஷாம் குதஸ்தேஷாம் பராஜய: ।
யேஷாமிந்தீ³வரஶ்யாமோ ஹ்ருʼத³யஸ்தோ² ஜநார்த³ந: ॥ ॥
Meaning 32
All benefits are theirs, victory is theirs, where is defeat for those in whose
heart is stationed The dark blue lotus colored Lord Vishnu..
%E32 Word Meanings 32;
லாப⁴ஸ்தேஷாம் = benefits (lAbhaH) are theirs (teShAM);
ஜயஸ்தேஷாம் = victory (jayaH) is theirs (teShAM);
குதஸ்தேஷாம் = where (kutaH) is their (teShAM);
பராஜய: = defeat;
யேஷாம் = whose;
இந்தீ³வரஶ்யாம: = black (shyAmaH) like the dark blue lotus (indIvaraM);
ஹ்ருʼத³யஸ்தோ² = that or he who is stationed in the heart;
ஜநார்த³ந: = an epithet of Vishnu ; the remover of the torment
of peopleVishnu;
Shloka 33 Vishnu
மங்க³ளம் ப⁴க³வாந்விஷ்ணுர்மங்க³ளம் க³ருட³த்⁴வஜ: ।
மங்க³ளம் புண்ட³ரீகாக்ஷோ மங்க³ளாயதநம் ஹரி: ॥ ॥
Meaning 33
Auspicious is Lord Vishnu, auspicious is the one with the mascot
garuDa, auspicious is the one with eyes like a lotus; Lord Hari is
indeed the storehouse of auspiciousness!.
%E33 Word Meanings 33;
மங்க³ளம் = that which is auspicious;
ப⁴க³வாந்விஷ்ணு: = Lord Vishnu is auspicious;
க³ருட³த்⁴வஜ: = Oh! the one having `GaruDa’ eagle-like bird as the mascot;
புண்ட³ரீகாக்ஷ: = one with eyes like lotus;
மங்க³ளாயதநம் = the auspicious temple, storehouse of auspiciousness;
ஹரி: = Lord Hari;
Shloka 34 Vishnu
ஹரேர்நாமைவ நாமைவ நாமைவ மம ஜீவநம் ।
கலௌ நாஸ்த்யேவ நாஸ்த்யேவ நாஸ்த்யேவ க³திரந்யதா² ॥ ॥
Meaning 34
In Kaliyuga, there is no path other than taking the name of Shri Hari,
which alone is my life..
%E34 Word Meanings 34;
ஹரே: = of Vishnu[6];
நாம = name;
ஏவ = alone; only; here it would mean `indeed’;
மம = mine; my;
ஜீவநம் = life; the act of living;
கலௌ = during the kali yuga days or time;;
நாஸ்தி = does not exist;
ஏவ = alone; only; here it would mean `indeed’;
க³திரந்யதா² = no other way or goal;
Shloka 35 Vishnu
யஸ்ய ஸ்மரணமாத்ரேண ஜந்மஸம்ஸாரப³ந்த⁴நாத் ।
விமுச்யதே நமஸ்தஸ்மை விஷ்ணவே ப்ரப⁴விஷ்ணவே ॥ ॥
Meaning 35
I salute to that Lord, Achuta(who is faultless), and by simply remembering
Him or uttering His name, all deficiencies in my activities disappear
and my penance attains completion instantly.
(Alternate)
Respects to that Lord Vishnu, the Almighty, the mere contemplation of whose
Name assures liberation from the bondage of samsAra, the cycle of births
and deaths..
%E35 Word Meanings 35;
யஸ்ய = whose;
ஸ்மரணமாத்ரேண = by recall (smaraNa) alone (mAtra) [3];
ஜந்மஸம்ஸாரப³ந்த⁴நாத் = from the bondage (ba.ndhana[5]) of the (cycle);
of birth (janma) in this world (sa.nsAra);
விமுச்யதே = is released or freed;
நமஸ்தஸ்மை = salutation to him;
விஷ்ணவே = to Vishnu;
ப்ரப⁴விஷ்ணவே = to the great or mighty lord, an epithet of Vishnu;
Shloka 36 Vishnu
நம: ஸமஸ்தபூ⁴தாநாமாதி³பூ⁴தாய பூ⁴ப்⁴ருʼதே ।
அநேகரூபரூபாய விஷ்ணவே ப்ரப⁴விஷ்ணவே ॥ ॥
Meaning 36
Salutations to the mighty Lord Vishnu, the king of the earth, who existed
before all beings, who is the first being and who manifests himself in
many forms..
%E36 Word Meanings 36;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ஸமஸ்தபூ⁴தாநாமாதி³பூ⁴தாய = to the one who existed before all the
beings; th first being;
பூ⁴ப்⁴ருʼதே = king, an epithet of Vishnu[4];
அநேகரூபரூபாய = to one’s form who can take many forms[4];
விஷ்ணவே = to Vishnu[4];
ப்ரப⁴விஷ்ணவே = to the great or mighty lord, an epithet of Vishnu[4];
Shloka 37 Vishnu
ௐ விஷ்ணும் ஜிஷ்ணும் மஹாவிஷ்ணும் ப்ரப⁴விஷ்ணும் மஹேஶ்வரம் ।
அநேகரூபம் தை³த்யாந்தம் நமாமி புருஷோத்தமம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 37
I bow to Vishnu, the victorious, the all-pervading, the Mighty, the
Lord of all, the Destroyer of evil, having many forms and the highest
Purusha..
%E37 Word Meanings 37;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
விஷ்ணும் = Vishnu;
ஜிஷ்ணும் = an epithet for Vishnu ; the conqueror;
மஹாவிஷ்ணும் = the great Vishnu;
ப்ரப⁴விஷ்ணும் = the mighty lord, Vishnu;
மஹேஶ்வரம் = the great Lord;
அநேகரூபம் = one who has many forms;
தை³த்யாந்தம் = enemy of demons;
நமாமி = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
புருஷோத்தமம் = the greatest of men;
Shloka 38 Vishnu
ஸஶங்க²சக்ரம் ஸகிரீடகுண்ட³லம்
ஸபீதவஸ்த்ரம் ஸரஸீருஹேக்ஷணம் ।
ஸஹாரவக்ஷ:ஸ்த²லகௌஸ்துப⁴ஶ்ரயம்
நமாமி விஷ்ணும் ஶிரஸா சதுர்பு⁴ஜம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 38 % The correct meaning should be:
I bow my head to Vishnu, carrying a conch and a wheel, wearing a
crown and ear-rings, wrapped in a yellow garment, with eyes like
lotus, with a garland and the Kaustubha gem lying on his chest and
possessing four hands. % The next meaning must be from some other shloka. It is unrelated! %I seek refuge in dark-haired, long-eyed, jewel-bedecked, four-armed, %moon-faced Krishna, adorned by the Srivatsa mark on his chest, %accompanied by Rukmini and SatyabhAma, seated on the golden %throne under the shade of the celestial PArijAta Tree..
%E38 Word Meanings 38;
ஸஶங்க²சக்ரம் = the one with a conch and a wheel;
ஸகிரீடகுண்ட³லம் = the one with a crown and ear-rings;
ஸபீதவஸ்த்ரம் = along with yellow robe;
ஸரஸீருஹேக்ஷணம் = the one having lotus like eyes;
ஸஹாரவக்ஷ:ஸ்த²லகௌஸ்துப⁴ஶ்ரயம் = the one having the chest
adorned with a garland and the gem `Kaustubha’;
நமாமி = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
விஷ்ணும் = Vishnu;
ஶிரஸா = by the head;
சதுர்பு⁴ஜம் = one who is having four hands;
Shloka 39 Vishnu
நமோঽஸ்த்வநந்தாய ஸஹஸ்ரமூர்தயே
ஸஹஸ்ரபாதா³க்ஷிஶிரோருபா³ஹவே ।
ஸஹஸ்ரநாம்நே புருஷாய ஶாஶ்வதே
ஸஹஸ்ரகோடீ யுக³தா⁴ரிணே நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 39
Salutation to that God with a thousand forms, having a thousand eyes,
heads, feet, and arms. Salutations to that eternal being called
by a thousand names, and sustaining the world through a billions
ages..
%E39 Word Meanings 39;
நமோঽஸ்த்வநந்தாய = let there be salutation to Anantha[4];
ஸஹஸ்ரமூர்தயே = to the form having 1000 names or one having 1000 forms;
ஸஹஸ்ரபாதா³க்ஷிஶிரோருபா³ஹவே = to the one having 1000 legs, eyes,
heads, thighs and arms or hands[4];
ஸஹஸ்ரநாம்நே = Oh! the 1000-named one[4];
புருஷாய = to the person[4];
ஶாஶ்வதே = the permanent one[4];
ஸஹஸ்ரகோடீ = thousand crores;
யுக³தா⁴ரிணே = to the one who sustains (the world) thru Yuga’s[4];
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 40 Vishnu
நாஹம் வஸாமி வைகுண்டே² யோகி³நாம் ஹ்ருʼத³யே ந ச ।
மத்³ப⁴க்தா யத்ர கா³யந்தி தத்ர திஷ்டா²மி நாரத³ ॥ ॥
Meaning 40
Neither do I reside in Vaikuntha, nor do I dwell in the hearts of the
yogis; O Narada, I stay where my devotess are singing..
%E40 Word Meanings 40;
நாஹம் = not (na) I (ahaM);
வஸாமி = live or dwell;
வைகுண்டே² = in Vaikunta, the abode of Vishnu[7];
யோகி³நாம் = of meditators ot contemplators;
ஹ்ருʼத³யே = in heart[7];
ந = no;
ச = and;
மத்³ப⁴க்தா: =(M.nom.pl.) my devotees;
யத்ர = where;
கா³யந்தி = (they) sing;
தத்ர = there;
திஷ்டா²மி = (I) stay;
நாரத³ = Oh! Narada! the omnipresent, wandering and singing devotee
of Vishnu;
Shloka 41 Vishnu
வநமாலீ க³தீ³ ஶார்ங்கீ³ ஶங்கீ² சக்ரீ ச நந்த³கீ ।
ஶ்ரீமாந் நாராயணோ விஷ்ணுர்வாஸுதே³வோঽபி⁴ரக்ஷது ॥ ॥
Meaning 41
Shriman NArAyaNa is adorned with the garland Vaijayantee and armed with
gadA (mace), the bow ShArnga, the conch, the discus and the
sword (nandakee). He is Vishnu (the all-pervading) and
Vasudeva (the indweller of all). May that Vasudeva protect us all..
%E41 Word Meanings 41;
வநமாலீ = the one wearing forest or wild garlands;
க³தீ³ = one who is wearing or bearing the weapon mace;
ஶார்ங்கீ³ = Oh! the one having the `shArnga’ bow ; one with horns;
ஶங்கீ² = Oh! the one with the conch shell;
சக்ரீ = one who has the weapon of `chakra’ the `Sudarshan’ wheel;
ச = and;
நந்த³கீ = The one wearing the `nandaka’ sword, Vishnu;
ஶ்ரீமாந் = the respectable one, the prosperous one;
நாராயணோ = Vishnu;
விஷ்ணுர்வாஸுதே³வோঽபி⁴ரக்ஷது = May Vishnu who is also Vasudeva protect me;
Shloka 42 Vishnu
மேக⁴ஶ்யாமம் பீதகௌஶேயவாஸம்
ஶ்ரீவத்ஸாங்கம் கௌஸ்துபோ⁴த்³பா⁴ஸிதாங்க³ம் ।
புண்யோபேதம் புண்ட³ரீகாயதாக்ஷம்
விஷ்ணும் வந்தே³ ஸர்வலோகைகநாத²ம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 42
I salute Vishnu, the unique Lord of all the worlds, dark like the laden
cloud, clad in yellow robe, marked on the chest by the sign of Srivatsa,
his frame lit up by the Kaustubha gem that adorns Him,
ever immaculate and with eyes long and bright like the white lotus.
(alternate)
I salute to Lord ViShNu, who is the Lord of all the people in all
the worlds, whose complexion is black like the clouds, adorned in
yellow silk robes, bearing the shrIvatsa mark on his chest, whose
body shines with the Kaustubha jewels, having long lotus like eyes
and who can be attained by good deeds..
%E42 Word Meanings 42;
மேக⁴ஶ்யாமம் = having black cloud like complexion[2];
பீதகௌஶேயவாஸம் = the one wearing yellow silk dress[2];
ஶ்ரீவத்ஸாங்கம் = the one with the `Shrivatsa’ mark on his body, Vishnu[2];
கௌஸ்துபோ⁴த்³பா⁴ஸிதாங்க³ம் = one with body illuminated (udbhAsitA.nga);
with the Kaustubha gem[2];
புண்யோபேதம் = reached (upeta) by good deeds (puNya)[2];
புண்ட³ரீகாயதாக்ஷம் = one with long eyes resembling lotus[2];
விஷ்ணும் = Vishnu[2];
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
ஸர்வலோகைகநாத²ம் = the one Lord (ekanAtha) over all the worlds;
(sarvaloka)[2];
Shloka 43 Vishnu
அபவித்ர: பவித்ரோ வா ஸர்வாவஸ்தா²ம் க³தோঽபி வா ।
ய: ஸ்மரேத்புண்ட³ரீகாக்ஷம் ஸ பா³ஹ்யாப்⁴யந்தரம் ஶுசி: ॥ ॥
Meaning 43
A person, clean or unclean or having been in any possible situation,
if he remembers lotus eyed (Vishnu) he is pure inside out!.
%E43 Word Meanings 43;
அபவித்ர: = the polluted one or person;
பவித்ர: = sacred one; a pure person;
வா = or; also; like; either or;
ஸர்வாவஸ்தா:² = all states or conditions;
க³தோঽபி = even after having gone;
ய: = He who;
ஸ்மரேத் = may remember;
புண்ட³ரீகாக்ஷம் = the lotus-eyed one[2];
ஸ: = he;
பா³ஹ்யாப்⁴யந்தரம் = outside (bAhya) and inside (abhyantaraM);
ஶுசி: = pure; honest; upright; clean;
Shloka 44 Vishnu
ஆலோட்³ய ஸர்வஶாஸ்த்ராணி விசார்ய ச புந:புந: ।
இத³மேகம் ஸுநிஷ்பந்நம் வைத்³யோ நாராயணோ ஹரி: ॥ ॥
Meaning 44
phalashruti of Vishnu sahasranAma
Having carefully scrutinized all the scriptures and having reflected
upon them well again and again this one truth has clearly emerged that
ViShNu, the Lord Hari living in the ocean is THE doctor (who removes all ills)..
%E44 Word Meanings 44;
ஆலோட்³ய = having considered well or studied carefully;
ஸர்வஶாஸ்த்ராணி = all branches of knowledge; precepts; religious works;
விசார்ய = having deliberated or considered well;
ச = and;
புந:புந: = again and again;
இத³ம் = this;
ஏகம் = one;
ஸுநிஷ்பந்நம் = clearly emerged; accomplished; born; arisen;
வைத்³ய: = doctor; medicine man;
நாராயண: = Vishnu; specifically the one whose house (ayana) is in;
water (nArAH);
ஹரி: = Lord Hari;
Shloka 45 Vishnu
ஆர்தா: விஷண்ணா: ஶிதி²லாஶ்ச பீ⁴தா:
கோ⁴ரேஷு ச வ்யாதி⁴ஷு வர்தமாநா: ।
ஸங்கீர்த்ய நாராயணஶப்³த³மாத்ரம்
விமுக்தது:³கா:² ஸுகி²நோ ப⁴வந்தி ॥ ॥
Meaning 45
phalashruti of Vishnu sahasranAma
People who are struck by calamity or who are dejected or are weak, those
who are frightened and those who are afflicted by terrible diseases are
freed from their sufferings and become happy on merely reciting
ViShNu’s name ᳚NArAyaNa᳚..
%E45 Word Meanings 45;
ஆர்தா: = the afflicted or suffering people or living beings;
விஷண்ணா: = those who are dejected and sad;
ஶிதி²லா: = torn and tattered; weak;
ச = and;
பீ⁴தா: = those who are afraid or scared;
கோ⁴ரேஷு = among the terrible or frightening;
ச = and;
வ்யாதி⁴ஷு = in all diseases; ailments;
வர்தமாநா: = those who are presently experiencing;
ஸங்கீர்த்ய = Having sung or praised well;
நாராயண = O! Narayana;
ஶப்³த³மாத்ரம் = only so much as the utterance of the word;
விமுக்தது:³கா:² = those who are freed from the afflictions or sufferings;
ஸுகி²நோ = happy people;
ப⁴வந்தி = become; happen;
Shloka 46 Vishnu
நம: கமலநாபா⁴ய நமஸ்தே ஜலஶாயிநே ।
நமஸ்தே கேஶவாநந்த வாஸுதே³வ நமோঽஸ்துதே ॥ ॥
Meaning 46
Salutation to viShNu, the lotus-navelled who is resting in water. O
keshava, O Ananta, O VAsudeva, salutations to you..
%E46 Word Meanings 46;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
கமலநாபா⁴ய = to the one with the lotus stalk at the navel (Vishnu);
நமஸ்தே = greetings, salutations to you;
ஜலஶாயிநே = to the one lying or sleeping in water (ocean);
நமஸ்தே = greetings, salutations to you;
கேஶவாநந்த = Oh! Keshva, Oh! Ananta;
வாஸுதே³வ = the son of `vasudeva’, Krishna (or Vishnu);
நமோঽஸ்துதே = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 47 Vishnu
வாஸநாத்³வாஸுதே³வஸ்ய வாஸிதம் பு⁴வநத்ரயம் ।
ஸர்வபூ⁴தநிவாஸோঽஸி வாஸுதே³வ நமோঽஸ்து தே ॥ ॥
Meaning 47
The three worlds (heaven, earth and the lower regions) are inhabited. by
virtue of the residence there of kRShNa, the son of vasudeva.
O kRShNa ! Salutation to you !.
%E47 Word Meanings 47;
வாஸநாத் = due to the living or inhabitation (vAsana)[5];
வாஸுதே³வஸ்ய = of the sun of Vasydeva, Krishna[6];
வாஸிதம் = occupied, inhabited;
பு⁴வநத்ரயம் = three worlds Earth, Heaven, Hell;
ஸர்வபூ⁴தநிவாஸோঽஸி = (You) are (asi) residing in all living beings;
நமோঽஸ்து = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
தே = to you or your (here:[4]);
Shloka 48 Vishnu
ஸர்வவேதே³ஷு யத்புண்யம் ஸர்வதீர்தே²ஷு யத்ப²லம் ।
தத்ப²லம் ஸமவாப்நோதி ஸ்துத்வா தே³வம் ஜநார்த³நம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 48
Whatever merit is in all the vedas and whatever benefits are in all the
holy places (that they give), all these are obtained (jus) by singing praise of
janArdana (viShNu)..
%E48 Word Meanings 48;
ஸர்வவேதே³ஷு = in all Vedas[7];
யத் = which;
புண்யம் = merit, virtue;
ஸர்வதீர்தே²ஷு = in all holy places;
ப²லம் = fruit;
தத் = that;
ஸமவாப்நோதி = obtains, acquires;
ஸ்துத்வா = by praising;
தே³வ = God;
ஜநார்த³ந = Vishnu;
Shloka 49 Vishnu
ஏஷ நிஷ்கண்டக: பந்தா² யத்ர ஸம்பூஜ்யதே ஹரி: ।
குபத²ம் தம் விஜாநீயாத்³ கோ³விந்த³ரஹிதாக³மம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 49
This path, where Lord Hari is worshipped, is free from obstructions
(without any thorns). Know that it is a bad (wrong) path, when it is
without Govind (Krishna)..
%E49 Word Meanings 49;
ஏஷ: = this;
நிஷ்கண்டக: = the thornless one;
பந்தா:² = road;
யத்ர = (the place) where;
ஸம்பூஜ்யதே = is worshipped, praised;
ஹரி: = Lord Hari;
குபத:² = bad road; wrong direction;
தம் = him[2];
விஜாநீயாத்³ = may be understood;
கோ³விந்த³ரஹிதாக³மம் = the road (Agama) without (rahita) Govinda;
Shloka 50 Vishnu
ஶநைர்த³ஹந்தி பாபாநி கல்பகோடிஶதாநி ச ।
அஶ்வத்த²ஸந்நிதௌ⁴ பார்த² த்⁴யாத்வா மநஸி கேஶவம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 50
O Arjuna ! having meditated on ViShNu in the vicinity of the holy fig
tree, people slowly burn out millions and millions of sins..
%E50 Word Meanings 50;
ஶநை: = slowly;
த³ஹந்தி = burn;
பாபாநி = sins;
கல்பகோடிஶதாநி = many literally (kalpa is 10 raised to 18, koTi
is 10 raised to 8 and shata is 10 raised to 2 so in all 10 raised to 20);
ச = and;
அஶ்வத்த²ஸந்நிதௌ⁴ = in the presence of the Peepal tree;
பார்த² = Oh! Partha (refers to Arjun);
த்⁴யாத்வா = by meditating, thinking;
மநஸி = in the mind;
கேஶவம் = Keshava (Krishna);
Shloka 51 Vishnu
யஸ்யாப⁴வத்³ப⁴க்தஜநார்தி³ஹந்து:
பித்ருʼத்வமந்யேஷ்வவிசார்ய தூர்ணம் ।
ஸ்தம்பே⁴ঽவதாரஸ்தமநந்யலப்⁴யம்
லக்ஷ்மீந்ருʼஸிம்ஹம் ஶரணம் ப்ரபத்³யே ॥ ॥
Meaning 51
I go to take refuge in LaxmI-Nrisinha incarnated in a pillar, who is
reachable by true dedication and who promptly takes birth with a
desire to eradicate the suffering of his disciples..
%E51 Word Meanings 51;
யஸ்ய =(m.poss.)whose;
அப⁴வத்³ = occurred;
ப⁴க்தஜந = devotees;
அர்தி³ஹந்து: = desirous of destroying suffering (poss.);
பித்ருʼத்வம் = fatherhood;
அந்யேஷு = among others;
அவிசார்ய = without hesitation;
தூர்ணம் = swiftly; quickly;
ஸ்தம்பே⁴ = in the pillar;
அவதார: = incarnation;
தம் = him;
அநந்யலப்⁴யம் = obtainable by (only the) dedicated;
லக்ஷ்மீ = Goddess LakShmi; consort of Vishnu;
ந்ருʼஸிம்ஹம் = Vishnu in his half-man half-lion avatar;
ஶரணம் = (to the) shelter, sanctuary;
ஶ்ரீமாந் வேங்கட நாதா⁴ர்ய: கவிதார்கிககேஸரீ ।
வேதா³ந்தாசார்யவர்யோ மே ஸந்நித⁴த்தாம் ஸதா³ஹ்ருʼதி³ ॥ ॥
Meaning 52
Oh! ShrimAn Venkata, Oh! our Lord, who is a poetry of the children of
shining lights, Oh! Lion, Oh! the teacher of Vedanta, Oh! the one
chosen by Uma; reside forever in my heart..
%E52 Word Meanings 52;
ஶ்ரீமாந் = a respectable prefix (for males);
வேங்கட = of the Venkata mountain;
நாதா⁴ர்ய: = ?? ;
கவிதார்கிக = ?? ;
கேஸரீ = lion; lion among men;
வேதா³ந்த = the ending part of the Vedas;
ஆசார்ய = teacher, learned scholar;
வர்யோமே = ?? ;
ஸந்நித⁴த்தாம் = that which has been put or placed near, or together;
ஸதா³ஹ்ருʼதி³ = always in the heart;
Shloka 53 Vishnu
க்ஷீரோத³ந்வத்ப்ரதே³ஶே ஶுசிமணிவிலஸத்ஸைகதே மௌக்திகாநாம்
மாலாக்லுʼப்தாஸநஸ்த:² ஸ்ப²டிகமணிநிபை⁴ர்மௌக்திகைர்மண்டி³தாங்க:³ ।
ஶுப்⁴ரைரப்⁴ரைரத³ப்⁴ரைருபரிவிரசிதைர்முக்தபீயூஷ வர்ஷை:
ஆநந்தீ³ ந: புநீயாத³ரிநலிநக³தா³ ஶங்க²பாணிர்முகுந்த:³ ॥ ॥
Meaning 53
Contemplation on Personal form of the Lord.
In the milky ocean, which has a bed of sparkling pure emeralds,
the Lord who can give salvation to his devotees is seated on a
throne decorated with strings of pearls, covered by an umbrella
of clouds which shower nectarine dews as though
they are flower petals, His ornamented body glittering with
pearls and precious gems and holding the conch in his hand.
I pray to this Lord, to make me pure..
%E53 Word Meanings 53;
க்ஷீரோத³ந்வத்ப்ரதே³ஶே = ?? ;
ஶுசிமணிவிலஸத்ஸைகதே = ?? ;
மௌக்திகாநாம் = face (teeth);
மாலாக்லுʼப்தாஸநஸ்த:² = ?? ;
ஸ்ப²டிகமணிநிபை⁴ர்மௌக்திகைர்மண்டி³தாங்க:³ = the one having the body
heavily ornamented and decorated with pearls and transparent stones
and gems;
ஶுப்⁴ரை: = ?? ;
அப்⁴ரை: = ?? ;
அத³ப்⁴ரை: = ?? ;
உபரிவிரசிதை: = ?? ;
முக்தபீயூஷ = ?? ;
வர்ஷை: = by the rains;
ஆநந்தீ³ = an epithet of Vishnu (representing delight or bliss);
ந: = us; to us or ours;
புநீயாத³ரிநலிநக³தா³ = ?? ;
ஶங்க²பாணிர்முகுந்த:³ = the one holding a conch in his hand; Mukunda;
Shloka 54 Vishnu
பூ:⁴ பாதௌ³ யஸ்ய நாபி⁴ர்வியத³ஸுரநிலஶ்சந்த்³ர ஸூர்யௌ ச நேத்ரே
கர்ணாவாஶா: ஶிரோ த்³யௌர்முக²மபி த³ஹநோ யஸ்ய வாஸ்தேயமப்³தி:⁴ ।
அந்த:ஸ்த²ம் யஸ்ய விஶ்வம் ஸுரநரக²க³கோ³போ⁴கி³க³ந்த⁴ர்வதை³த்யை:
சித்ரம் ரம்ரம்யதே தம் த்ரிபு⁴வந வபுஷம் விஷ்ணுமீஶம் நமாமி ॥ ॥
Meaning 54
Contemplation of the Cosmic form of the Lord
I bow to Lord Vishnu who has the three worlds as His body.
The earth is His feet, and the sky His navel.
Wind is His breath, and the sun and the moon are His eyes.
Directions are His ears, and the Heaven is His Head. Fire is His
face and the ocean His abdomen. In Him is situated the Universe with the
diverse kinds of gods, men, birds, cattle, serpants, Gandharvas and
Daityas (Asuras) – all sporting in a charming way..
%E54 Word Meanings 54;
பூ:⁴ = the earth; this world;
பாதௌ³ = two feet;
யஸ்ய = whose;
நாபி⁴ர்வியத³ஸுரநில: = ?? ;
சந்த்³ர = (adj.)moon;
ஸூர்யௌ = sun and another;
ச = and;
நேத்ரே = the 2 eyes;
கர்ணாவாஶா: = ?? ;
ஶிரோ = head;
த்³யௌர்முக²மபி = even the mouth or face of heaven;
த³ஹநோ = burning; set a thing on fire;
யஸ்ய = whose;
வாஸ்தேயமப்³தி:⁴ = ?? ;
அந்த:ஸ்த²ம் = in the innermost heart;
யஸ்ய = whose;
விஶ்வம் = the universe;
ஸுரநரக²க³கோ³போ⁴கி³க³ந்த⁴ர்வதை³த்யை: = by gods, men, birds, cows,
gourmets, celestial singers and demons;
சித்ரம் = drawing etc.wonderful or awesome or mysterious appearance;
ரம்ரம்யதே = ?? ;
தம் = him;
த்ரிபு⁴வந = three worlds, Earth, Heaven, Hell;
வபுஷம் = the one with a body;
விஷ்ணுமீஶம் = Vishnu the great lord;
நமாமி = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
Shloka 55 Vishnu
சா²யாயாம் பாரிஜாதஸ்ய ஹேமஸிம்ஹாஸநோபரி
ஆஸீநமம்பு³த³ஶ்யாமமாயதாக்ஷமலங்க்ருʼதம் ।
சந்த்³ராநநம் சதுர்பா³ஹும் ஶ்ரீவத்ஸாங்கித வக்ஷஸம்
ருக்மிணீ ஸத்யபா⁴மாப்⁴யாம் ஸஹிதம் க்ருʼஷ்ணமாஶ்ரயே ॥ ॥
Meaning 55
I salute and surrender to Lord kriShNA whose complexion
is blue like the sky, with wide eyes and four arms, who is
well adorned, whose face glows like the moon, whose chest bears
the srivatsa mark, who is seated on a golden throne in the shade
of the pArijAta tree with his wives rukmiNI and satyabhAmA..
%E55 Word Meanings 55;
சா²யாயாம் = in the shade;
பாரிஜாதஸ்ய = of Parijata tree;
ஹேமஸிம்ஹாஸநோபரி = on the golden throne;
ஆஸீநமம்பு³த³ஶ்யாமமாயதாக்ஷமலங்க்ருʼதம் = ?? ;
சந்த்³ராநநம் = the one having moon-like face;
சதுர்பா³ஹும் = the one having four arms (hands);
ஶ்ரீவத்ஸாங்கித = (refers to Vishnu);
வக்ஷஸம் = the one with the chest;
ருக்மிணீ = the consort of Krishna;
ஸத்யபா⁴மாப்⁴யாம் = Satyabhama and another (RukmiNi);
ஸஹிதம் = with, along with;
க்ருʼஷ்ணமாஶ்ரயே = ?? ;
Shloka 56 Vishnu
விஸர்க³ பி³ந்து³ மாத்ராணி பத³ பாதா³க்ஷராணி ச ।
ந்யூநாநிசாதிரிக்தாநி க்ஷமஸ்வ புருஷோத்தம ॥ ॥
Meaning 56
Oh! Lord, you are indeed flawless, and we request you to excuse all the
mistakes we might have commited while chanting the slokas, either in
word endings or pronunciation or metre, or any other mistakes of this
nature..
%E56 Word Meanings 56;
விஸர்க³ = the Visarga sign denoted by two vertical dots as `:’;
பி³ந்து³ = relating to a drop or dot;
மாத்ராணி = units of measurement of space, time, length, etc.;
பத³ = a word or a leg or foot;
பாதா³க்ஷராணி = the letters denoting or referring to the feet;
ச = and;
ந்யூநாநிசாதிரிக்தாநி = ?? ;
க்ஷமஸ்வ = Excuse (me or us);
புருஷோத்தம = Oh! the best person;
Shloka 57 Vishnu
ஶ்ரிய: காந்தாய கல்யாண நித⁴யே நித⁴யேர்தி²நாம் ।
ஶ்ரீ வேங்கட நிவாஸாய ஶ்ரீநிவாஸாய மங்க³ளம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 57
Glory to the Lord viShNu, who is the consort of mahAlakShmI, and the
treasure trove of auspiciousness, who grants wealth to all seekers of
material wealth, who resides in the venkata mountains and in whose heart,
mahalakShmi who symbolises wealth resides..
%E57 Word Meanings 57;
ஶ்ரிய: = ?? ;
காந்தாய = to the lord or consort;
கல்யாண = happy; beautiful; auspices; prosperous; good, etc.;
நித⁴யே = to the abode or reservoir-like one;
நித⁴யேர்தி²நாம் = to the abode or reservoir-like one for people who
seek material possessions;
ஶ்ரீ = relating to Prosperity; wealth; goddess LakShmi and ` shrIH’
is fem.nom.; also an honourable prefix;
வேங்கத = Lord Venkat, Vishnu;
நிவாஸாய = to the dweller;
ஶ்ரீநிவாஸாய = to Srinivasa;
மங்க³ளம் = welfare; good things; auspiciousness;
Shloka 58 Vishnu
நாராயணாய வித்³மஹே । வாஸுதே³வாய தீ⁴மஹி ।
தந்நோ விஷ்ணு: ப்ரசோத³யாத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 58
This is my offering to the Lord nArAyaNA who is present in all his
creations. I meditate to the son of vasudevA, who is all
pervasive. Let that omnipresent Lord inspire me..
%E58 Word Meanings 58;
நாராயணாய = to Narayana;
வித்³மஹே = offering;
வாஸுதே³வாய = to Vasudeva;
தீ⁴மஹி = May meditate;
தந்நோ = ?? ;
விஷ்ணு: = Vishnu;
ப்ரசோத³யாத் = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 59 Vishnu
யஸ்ய ஸ்ம்ருʼத்யா ச நாமோக்த்யா தபோயஜ்ஞக்ரியாதி³ஷு ।
ந்யூநம் ஸம்பூர்ணதாம் யாதி ஸத்³யோ வந்தே³ தமச்யுதம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 59
In spiritual incubation and in worshipping, by whose recollection and
by whose name-chanting whatever is partial is made complete in an
instant; to that Achyut I salute..
%E59 Word Meanings 59;
யஸ்ய = whose;
ஸ்ம்ருʼத்யா = or Shastras;
ச = and;
நாமோக்த்யா = uttering of the name;
தபோயஜ்ஞக்ரியாதி³ஷு = in all activities fit for doing penance;
ந்யூநம் = deficient; a little; short of; minimum;
ஸம்பூர்ணதாம் = completion; perfection; conclusion;
யாதி = goes; attains;
ஸத்³யோ = immediately; instantly;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
தமச்யுதம் = ?? ;
Shloka 60 Vishnu
ஏகோ விஷ்ணுர்மஹத்³பூ⁴தம் ப்ருʼத²க்³பூ⁴தாந்யநேகஶ: ।
த்ரீந்லோகாந்வ்யாப்ய பூ⁴தாத்மா பு⁴ங்க்தே விஶ்வப⁴க³வ்யய: ॥ ॥
Meaning 60
Lord Vishnu is the unique deity of incomparable excellence in that He
pervades the great elements of multifarious kinds and the three worlds.
He is their AtmA (antaryAmin) and their protector;
Yet He stands head and shoulders above them and not in the least
tainted by their defects. Thus He enjoys supreme bliss..
%E60 Word Meanings 60;
ஏகோ = ?? ;
விஷ்ணு: = ?? ;
மஹத்³பூ⁴தம் = ?? ;
ப்ருʼத²க் = ?? ;
பூ⁴தாநி = ?? ;
அநேகஶ: = ?? ;
த்ரீந் = ?? ;
லோகாந்வ்யாப்ய = ?? ;
பூ⁴தாத்மா = ?? ;
பு⁴ங்க்தே = ?? ;
விஶ்வப⁴க³வ்யய: = ?? ;
Shloka 61 Krishna
க்ருʼஷ்ணாய வாஸுதே³வாய தே³வகீ நந்த³நாய ச ।
நந்த³கோ³பகுமாராய கோ³விந்தா³ய நமோ நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 61
Salutations to Lord Krishna, the son of Vasudeva and
Devaki, raised by Nandagopa, and also known as Govinda..
%E61 Word Meanings 61;
க்ருʼஷ்ணாய = to Krishna;
வாஸுதே³வாய = to Vasudeva;
தே³வகீ = DevakI Krishna’s mother;
நந்த³நாய = for the Nandana, the delighter;
ச = and;
நந்த³கோ³பகுமாராய = for the son of Nandagopa Krishna;
கோ³விந்தா³ய = to govinda, the cowherd boy Krishna;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 62 Krishna
வஸுதே³வ ஸுதம் தே³வம் கம்ஸ சாணூரமர்த³நம் ।
தே³வகீ பரமாநந்த³ம் க்ருʼஷ்ணம் வந்தே³ ஜக³த்³கு³ரும் ॥ ॥
Meaning 62
Salutations to Lord Krishna, who is the teacher of the universe,
son of Vasudeva, destroyer of Ka.nsa and ChANura and the
supreme bliss of (mother) DevakI..
%E62 Word Meanings 62;
வஸுதே³வ = of Vasudea;
ஸுதம் = the son;
தே³வம் = God;
கம்ஸ = at (M.nom.) the demon Kamsa;
சாணூரமர்த³நம் = the crusher or pounder of the demon chaNUra;
தே³வகீ = DevakI Krishna’s mother;
பரமாநந்த³ம் = great happiness; blisss;beautitude;
க்ருʼஷ்ணம் = Krishna;
வந்தே³ = I bow ; I worship;
ஜக³த்³கு³ரும் = the preceptor of the world;
Shloka 63 Krishna
ஆகாஶாத் பதிதம் தோயம் யதா² க³ச்ச²தி ஸாக³ரம் ।
ஸர்வதே³வநமஸ்காராந் கேஶவம் ப்ரதிக³ச்ச²தி ॥ ॥
Meaning 63
Just as every drop of rain that falls from the sky flows into the
Ocean, in the same way all prayers offered to any Deity goes to
Lord Krishna (Bhagvan Vishnu)..
%E63 Word Meanings 63;
ஆகாஶாத் = from the sky;
பதிதம் = the fallen one;
தோயம் = water;
யதா² = in which manner;
க³ச்ச²தி = goes;
ஸாக³ரம் = the ocean;
ஸர்வதே³வநமஸ்காராந் = the bowings for all the gods;
கேஶவம் = Keshava (Krishna);
ப்ரதிக³ச்ச²தி = reaches or returns;
Shloka 64 Krishna
ஆதௌ³ தே³வகிதே³விக³ர்ப⁴ஜநநம் கோ³பீக்³ருʼஹே வர்த⁴நம்
மாயாபூதநஜீவிதாபஹரணம் கோ³வர்த⁴நோத்³தா⁴ரணம் ।
கம்ஸச்சே²த³நகௌரவாதி³ஹநநம் குந்தீஸுதாம் பாலநம்
ஏதத்³பா⁴க³வதம் புராணகதி²தம் ஶ்ரீக்ருʼஷ்ணலீலாம்ருʼதம் ।
இதி ஶ்ரீபா⁴க³வதஸூத்ர ॥ ॥
Meaning 64
Shri Krishna’s charitam in short is that he is Devaki’s son,
Gopi’s admiration, Putana’s killer, holder of Govardhan Giri,
slayer of Kansa, destroyer of Kauravas, protector of Kunti’s sons
and the central figure of Srimad Bhagavata PurAnam.
(Alternate)
Starting with birth from the womb of Devaki, growth in the
house of cow-herds, killing of Putana, lifting of
Govardhana mountain, the cutting of Kamsa and the killing
of kauravas, protecting the sons of KuntI – This is
BhAgavataM as told in the epics. This is the nectar of Shri
Krishna’s LIlA (sport).
This is an aphorism on Srimad BhAgavataM..
%E64 Word Meanings 64;
ஆதௌ³ = In the beginning;
தே³வகிதே³விக³ர்ப⁴ஜநநம் = the one born of the womb of god-like Devaki;
கோ³பீக்³ருʼஹே = in the house of cow-herd woman;
வர்த⁴நம் = the increasing or growth;
மாயாபூதநஜீவிதாபஹரணம் = ?? ;
கோ³வர்த⁴நோத்³தா⁴ரணம் = the lifter of the mountain Govardhana Krishna;
கம்ஸச்சே²த³நகௌரவாதி³ஹநநம் = the cutting of Kamsa and the
killing of kauravas;
குந்தீஸுதாம் = sons of Kunti;
பாலநம் = bringing up; rearing;
ஏதத்³பா⁴க³வதம் = this one book or story relating to God;
புராணகதி²தம் = as told in the `purANa’;
ஶ்ரீக்ருʼஷ்ணலீலாம்ருʼதம் = the nectar-like story of the respectable
Krishna;
இதி = thusthus;
ஶ்ரீபா⁴க³வதஸூத்ர = the story of god, Krishna in a short form;
Shloka 65 Krishna
ஶ்ரீகேஶவாய நம: । நாராயணாய நம: । மாத⁴வாய நம: ।
கோ³விந்தா³ய நம: । விஷ்ணவே நம: । மது⁴ஸூத³நாய நம: ।
த்ரிவிக்ரமாய நம: । வாமநாய நம: । ஶ்ரீத⁴ராய நம: ।
ஹ்ருʼஷீகேஶாய நம: । பத்³மநாபா⁴ய நம: । தா³மோத³ராய நம: ।
ஸங்கர்ஷணாய நம: । வாஸுதே³வாய நம: । ப்ரத்³யும்நாய நம: ।
அநிருத்³தா⁴ய நம: । புருஷோத்தமாய நம: । அதோ⁴க்ஷஜாய நம: ।
நாரஸிம்ஹாய நம: । அச்யுதாய நம: । ஜநார்த³நாய நம: ।
உபேந்த்³ராய நம: । ஹரயே நம: । ஶ்ரீக்ருʼஷ்ணாய நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 65
I bow to Keshava – the one with luxuriant hair.
I bow to Narayana – the one who resides in humanity.
I bow to Madhava – the consort of MahalakShmi.
I bow to Govinda – the ptotector of cows.
I bow to Vishnu – the one who is omnipresent.
I bow to MadhusUdana – the killer of demon Madhu.
I bow to Trivikrama – whose prowess is known in all three worlds.
I bow to Vamana – the one who took the avatAr as a dwarf.
I bow to ShrIdhar – one who is Prosperity Incarnate.
I bow to HRiShIkesha – the Lord of senses.
I bow to PadmanAbha – from whose navel the lotus and world of creation
has come.
I bow to Damodara – one whose waist is immeasurable so Yashoda could
not tie it.
I bow to Sa.nkarShaNa – BalarAma – who was taken from Devaki’s womb
to Rohini’s
I bow to VAsudeva – Vasudeva’s son, one who is all pervading.
I bow to Pradyumna – one who illumines.
I bow to Aniruddha – one who is unobstructed.
I bow to PuruShottama – one who is the most superior amongst men.
I bow to AdhokShaja – one who dwwells in the nether-worlds.
I bow to Narasimha – one who took avatAr as half-man half-lion.
I bow to Achyuta – one who does not lapse.
I bow to JanArdana – the remover of the torment of people.
I bow to Upendra –
I bow to Hari –
I offer my salutations to Lord Krishna..
%E65 Word Meanings 65;
ஶ்ரீகேஶவாய = to the respectable Keshava one with luxuriant hair;
an epithet of Vishnu and Krishna;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
நாராயணாய = to Narayana;
மாத⁴வாய = to Madhava;
கோ³விந்தா³ய = to govinda, the cowherd boy Krishna;
விஷ்ணவே = to Vishnu;
மது⁴ஸூத³நாய = to madhusudana;
த்ரிவிக்ரமாய = to Trivikrama, lord of three worlds, Vishnu;
வாமநாய = To Vamana, Vishnu in the form a dwarf;
ஶ்ரீத⁴ராய = to Shridhara, Vishnu;
ஹ்ருʼஷீகேஶாய = to hrishikesha, the Lord of senses like hRiShIkaM
i.e.Krishna or Vishnu;
பத்³மநாபா⁴ய = to Padmanabha;
தா³மோத³ராய = to Damodara;
ஸங்கர்ஷணாய = to sankarShaNa, an epithet of Vishnu;
வாஸுதே³வாய = to Vasudeva;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ப்ரத்³யும்நாய = to pradyumna ; one who illumines;;
அநிருத்³தா⁴ய = to Aniruddha; a name of viShNu; also grandson of
Krishna, Pradyumna’s son;
புருஷோத்தமாய = to purushottama;
அதோ⁴க்ஷஜாய = to Vishnu `adhoxaja’ is an epithet of Vishnu;
நாரஸிம்ஹாய = to Narasismha, part-lion and part-man;
அச்யுதாய = to achyuta;
ஜநார்த³நாய = to Janardana, Vishnu;
உபேந்த்³ராய = to Upendra, Vishnu;
ஹரயே = to Lord Hari;
ஶ்ரீக்ருʼஷ்ணாய = to the respected Krishna;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 66 Krishna
மூகம் கரோதி வாசாலம் பங்கு³ம் லங்க⁴யதே கி³ரிம் ।
யத்க்ருʼபா தமஹம் வந்தே³ பரமாநந்த³மாத⁴வம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 66
I salute to Madhav, the supreme joy, whose grace makes a dumb person
speak or a lame get strength to climb over a mountain. %alternate
I salute that All-bliss MAdhava whose compassion makes the
mute eloquent and the cripple cross mountains..
%E66 Word Meanings 66;
மூகம் = the dumb one;
கரோதி = ?? ;
வாசாலம் = one who is talking too much; noisy; garrulous;
பங்கு³ம் = lame person;
லங்க⁴யதே = ?? ;
கி³ரிம் = the mountain;
யத்க்ருʼபா = which favour; sympathy;
தமஹம் = I as Him;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
பரமாநந்த³மாத⁴வம் = Madhava who grants the bliss;
Shloka 67 Krishna
ஏகம் ஶாஸ்த்ரம் தே³வகீபுத்ரகீ³தமேகோ
தே³வோ தே³வகீபுத்ர ஏவ ।
ஏகோ மந்த்ரஸ்தஸ்ய நாமாநி யாநி
கர்மாப்யேகம் தஸ்ய தே³வஸ்ய ஸேவா ॥ ॥
Meaning 67
There is only one Scripture – the Gita;
There is only one God – Sri Krishna, the son of Devaki;
There is only one mantra – His name;
There is only on desirable action – His service..
%E67 Word Meanings 67;
ஏகம் = cardinal number 1;
ஶாஸ்த்ரம் = the works or books on religion and conduct; scripture;
தே³வகீபுத்ரகீ³தமேகோ = ?? ;
தே³வோ = god;
தே³வகீபுத்ர = Devaki’s son;
ஏவ = alone; only; here it would mean `indeed’;
ஏகோ = cardinal number 1;
மந்த்ரஸ்தஸ்ய = ?? ;
நாமாநி = names;
யாநி = They which;
கர்மாப்யேகம் = ?? ;
தஸ்ய = his;
தே³வஸ்ய = god’s;
ஸேவா = service; worship; servitude;
Shloka 68 Krishna
நமோ ப்³ரஹ்மண்யதே³வாய கோ³ப்³ராஹ்மணஹிதாய ச ।
ஜக³த்³தி⁴தாய க்ருʼஷ்ணாய கோ³விந்தா³ய நமோ நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 68
Salutations to Govinda, the dark complexioned one, the God of Brahmanas,
protector of cattle and wellwisher of people..
%E68 Word Meanings 68;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
ப்³ரஹ்மண்யதே³வாய = to the Brahman-like god or godly person;
கோ³ப்³ராஹ்மணஹிதாய = for the welfare of cows and brahmins;
ச = and;
ஜக³த்³தி⁴தாய = for the welfare of the world;
க்ருʼஷ்ணாய = to Krishna;
கோ³விந்தா³ய = to govinda, the cowherd boy Krishna;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 69 Krishna
கராரவிந்தே³ந பாதா³ரவிந்த³ம் முகா²ரவிந்தே³ விநிவேஶயந்தம் ।
வடஸ்ய பத்ரஸ்ய புடே ஶயாநம் பா³லம் முகுந்த³ம் மநஸா ஸ்மராமி ॥ ॥
Meaning 69
With the lotus-like hand, placing the lotus-like toes, in the lotus-like
mouth, reclining on the banyan leaf – that young Mukunda, I meditate
upon..
%E69 Word Meanings 69;
கராரவிந்தே³ந = by the lotus like hand;
பாதா³ரவிந்த³ம் = the lotus feet;
முகா²ரவிந்தே³ = in the lotus-like mouth or face;
விநிவேஶயந்தம் = the one placing;
வடஸ்ய = the Banyan tree’s;
பத்ரஸ்ய = of the leaf or epistle;
புடே = dual nom. of `puTaM’ or locative of `puTaH’ and `puTaM’;
ஶயாநம் = one who is sleeping or lying on the bed;
பா³லம் = the child;
முகுந்த³ம் = Mukunda;
மநஸா = through the mind;
ஸ்மராமி = I remember;
Shloka 70 Krishna
ப⁴ஜகோ³விந்த³ம் ப⁴ஜகோ³விந்த³ம்
கோ³விந்த³ம் ப⁴ஜமூட⁴மதே ।
ஸம்ப்ராப்தே ஸந்நிஹிதே காலே
நஹி நஹி ரக்ஷதி டு³க்ருʼங்கரணே ॥ ॥
Meaning 70
Worship Govinda, worship Govinda, worship Govinda, Oh fool !
Rules of grammar will not save you at the time of your death..
%E70 Word Meanings 70;
ப⁴ஜகோ³விந்த³ம் = Do worship the Govinda;
ப⁴ஜகோ³விந்த³ம் = Do worship the Govinda;
கோ³விந்த³ம் = the lord Govinda, the cowherd boy;
ப⁴ஜமூட⁴மதே = Oh foolish mind! worship;
ஸம்ப்ராப்தே = having reached or obtained;
ஸந்நிஹிதே = very near; in the near side;
காலே = in time;
நஹி = no; not;
நஹி = no; not;
ரக்ஷதி = protects; saves;
டு³க்ருʼங்கரணே = A Samskrit grammatical formula of Panini;
Shloka 71 Krishna
ஸுகா²வஸாநே த்வித³மேவ ஸாரம் து:³கா²வஸாநே த்வித³மேவ கே³யம் ।
தே³ஹாவஸாநே த்வித³மேவ ஜப்யம் கோ³விந்த³ தா³மோத³ர மாத⁴வேதி ॥ ॥
Meaning 71
This the essence and ultimate of happiness;
this is what one would chant at the height of grief;
and gOvinda! dAmOdara! mAdhava!
this is what one would utter when departing from hither..
%E71 Word Meanings 71;
ஸுகா²வஸாநே = at the end of happiness;
த்வித³மேவ = this alone or this only;
ஸாரம் = the essence;
து:³கா²வஸாநே = at the end of sorrow;
த்வித³மேவ = this alone or this only;
கே³யம் = that which should be sung;
தே³ஹாவஸாநே = at the end of the body i.e. at the time of death;
த்வித³மேவ = this alone or this only;
ஜப்யம் = to be uttered;
கோ³விந்த³ = A name of kRiShNa, Govinda, the cowherd boy;
தா³மோத³ர = at (literally a person with a string around his bellly)
One of the names of KriShNa;
மாத⁴வேதி = ?? ;
.. ..;
Shloka 72 Krishna
கஸ்தூரீதிலகம் லலாடப²லகே வக்ஷஸ்த²லே கௌஸ்துப⁴ம்
நாஸாக்³ரே நவமௌக்திகம் கரதலே வேணும் கரே கங்கணம் ।
ஸர்வாங்கே³ ஹரிசந்த³நம் ச கல்யாண கண்டே²ச முக்தாவளிந்
கோ³பஸ்த்ரீ பரிவேஷ்டிதோ விஜயதே கோ³பால சூடா³மணி ॥ ॥
Meaning 72
With the fragrant kasturi-mark on the forehead, the precious Kaustubha
gem on the chest, the lovely pearl-jewel at the nose tip,
the flute in the palm and the kankan (bangle) encircling the hand, the scented
sandalwood paste all over the body, the pearl-necklace around the
beautifid neck, surrounded by milk-maids – may victory be yours, 0 crown
gem of Gopalas..
%E72 Word Meanings 72;
கஸ்தூரீதிலகம் = forehead mark made by Kasturi fragrance supposed
to be originated in Deer’s navel;
லலாடப²லகே = ?? ;
வக்ஷஸ்த²லே = on the chest;
கௌஸ்துப⁴ம் = the gem Kaustubha found during churning of ocean by Devas and Asuras;
நாஸாக்³ரே = at the tip of the nose;
நவமௌக்திகம் = the like the new pearl;
கரதலே = in the palm of the hand;
வேணும் = the flute;
கரே = in the hand;
கங்கணம் = a bracelet;
ஸர்வாங்கே³ = in all parts of the body;
ஹரிசந்த³நம் = sandalpaste;
ச = and;
கல்யாண = happy; beautiful; auspices; prosperous; good, etc.;
கண்ட² = throat;
முக்தாவளிந் = ?? ;
கோ³பஸ்த்ரீ = the cow-herd woman;
பரிவேஷ்டிதோ = surrounded, wrapped with clothes;
விஜயதே = wins; becomes victorious;
கோ³பால = at (M.nom.) the protector of cow; refers to lord Krishna;
சூடா³மணி = at (M.nom.) the head or crest-jewel;
Shloka 73 Krishna
க்ருʼஷ்ணாய வாஸுதே³வாய ஹரயே பரமாத்மநே ।
ப்ரணத க்லேஶ நாஶாய கோ³விந்தா³ய நமோ நம: ।
ௐ க்லீம் க்ருʼஷ்ணாய நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 73
Adorations to Lord Krishna, who is the son of Vasudeva, who is
Lord hari (destroyer of ignorance), who is the Supreme Divinity!
I have taken refuge in Him. May he destroy all the afflictions
(miseries) of life. My adorations to Govinda (Krishna) again and
again..
%E73 Word Meanings 73;
க்ருʼஷ்ணாய = to Krishna;
வாஸுதே³வாய = to Vasudeva;
ஹரயே = to Lord Hari;
பரமாத்மநே = to the Universal Soul;
ப்ரணத = at (M.nom.) one who has bowed;
க்லேஶ = ?? ;
நாஶாய = for destruction;
கோ³விந்தா³ய = to Govinda, the cowherd boy, Krishna;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
க்லீம் = ?? ;
க்ருʼஷ்ணாய = to Krishna;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 74 Ram
ஆதௌ³ ராமதபோவநாதி³க³மநம் ஹத்வா ம்ருʼக³ம் காஞ்சநம்
வைதே³ஹீஹரணம் ஜடாயுமரணம் ஸுக்³ரீவஸம்பா⁴ஷணம் ।
வாலீநிர்த³லநம் ஸமுத்³ரதரணம் லங்காபுரீதா³ஹநம்
பஶ்சாத்³ராவணகும்ப⁴கர்ணஹநநம் ஏதத்³தி⁴ராமாயணம் ।
இதி ஶ்ரீராமாயணஸூத்ர ॥ ॥
Meaning 74
In the beginning, starting with Rama’s forest-exile,
killing of the golden deer, abduction of Sita Devi,
death of JatAyu, frienship with SugrIva, killing of
VAli, crossing of the ocean, burning of LankA and after
that killing of RavaNa and KumbhakarNa – this is the story
(aphorism) of Ramayana..
%E74 Word Meanings 74;
ஆதௌ³ = In the beginning;
ராமதபோவநாதி³க³மநம் = beginning wIth Rama’s forest-exile;
ஹத்வா = having killed;
ம்ருʼக³ம் = deer;
காஞ்சநம் = gold;
வைதே³ஹீஹரணம் = the abduction of Vaidehi;
ஜடாயுமரணம் = the death of Jatayu;
ஸுக்³ரீவஸம்பா⁴ஷணம் = the conversation with Sugriva;
வாலீநிர்த³லநம் = Rama, destroyer of Vali;
ஸமுத்³ரதரணம் = crossing of the ocean;
லங்காபுரீ = Lanka;
தா³ஹநம் = burning;
ப: = Air; wind; leaf; egg;
சாத்³ராவணகும்ப⁴கர்ணஹநநம் = the killing of RavaNa and KumbhakarNa;
ஏதத்³தி⁴ராமாயணம் = this is the Ramayana;
இதி = thus;
ஶ்ரீராமாயணஸூத்ர = the venerable Ramayana story in a short aphorism;
Shloka 75 Ram
த்⁴யாயேதா³ஜாநுபா³ஹும் த்⁴ருʼதஶரத⁴நுஷம் ப³த்³த⁴பத்³மாஸநஸ்த²ம் ।
பீதம் வாஸோ வஸாநம் நவகமலத³லஸ்பர்தி⁴நேத்ரம் ப்ரஸந்நம் ।
வாமாங்காரூட⁴ ஸீதாமுக²கமலமிலல்லோசநம் நீரதா³ப⁴ம் ।
நாநாலங்காரதீ³ப்தம் த³த⁴தமுருஜடாமँட³நம் ராமசந்த்³ரம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 75
Salutations to one with long arms, with weapons, sitting on
the lotus seat, dressed in yellow cloth, eyes are like lotus
petals just open, pleasing, on whose left lap Sitadevi is
sitting, whose face resembles a lotus.
(Alternate)
May we meditate on the pleasing countenance of dark cloud complexioned
Shri Ram wearing yellow clothes, seated in lotus posture, bearing bow
and arrows, with arms extending below his knees, adorned by various
decorations and a ‘jaTA’ on his head, with eyes like newly blossomed
lotus petals submerged in the eyes of of the lotus-faced Sita seated on
his left-side..
%E75 Word Meanings 75;
த்⁴யாயேதா³ஜாநுபா³ஹும் = May we meditate on the long-armed Ram;
த்⁴ருʼதஶரத⁴நுஷம் = the bow-bearing one;
ப³த்³த⁴பத்³மாஸநஸ்த²ம் = one who is in the lotus-like sitting posture;
one of the Yogasana postures;
பீதம் = yellow;
வாஸோ = abode; dwelling; living; perfume;
வஸாநம் = the one wearing a dress;
நவகமலத³லஸ்பர்தி⁴நேத்ரம் = the one with eyes rivalling newly blossomed lotus petals;
ப்ரஸந்நம் = the pleased one;
வாமாங்காரூட⁴ = one who is seated on to the left side;
ஸீதாமுக²கமலமிலல்லோசநம் = the one with the eyes meeting the
lotus-like face of Sita;
நீரத³ = cloud;
ஆப⁴ம் = one resembling in light or appearance;
நாநாலங்காரதீ³ப்தம் = one resplendent with many ornaments and decorations;
த³த⁴தமுருஜடாமँட³நம் = bearing or holding great tufts or knotted hair as ornament;
ராமசந்த்³ரம் = the moon-like Rama;
Shloka 76 Ram
ராமம் லக்ஷ்மணபூர்வஜம் ரகு⁴வரம் ஸீதாபதிம் ஸுந்த³ரம் ।
காகுத்ஸ்த²ம் கருணார்ணவம் கு³ணநிதி⁴ம் விப்ரப்ரியம் தா⁴ர்மிகம் ।
ராஜேந்த்³ரம் ஸத்யஸந்த⁴ம் த³ஶரத²தநயம் ஶ்யாமலம் ஶாந்தமூர்திம் ।
வந்தே³ லோகாபி⁴ராமம் ரகு⁴குலதிலகம் ராக⁴வம் ராவணாரிம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 76
I salute that Rama who is handsome, the elder brother of Laxmana, the
husband of Sita and the best of the scions of the Raghu race, Him who is
the ocean of compassion, the stockpile of virtues, the beloved of the
Brahmans and the protector of Dharma, Him who is the practiser of the
Truth, the lord emperor of kings, the son of Dasaratha, dark-complexioned and
the personification of Peace and tranquillity, Him who is the enemy of
Ravana, the crown jewel of the Raghu dynaty and the cynosure of all eyes..
%E76 Word Meanings 76;
ராமம் = Rama;
லக்ஷ்மணபூர்வஜம் = ?? ;
ரகு⁴வரம் = the best of the Raghu race;
ஸீதாபதிம் = the lord or husband of sita i.e. Rama;
ஸுந்த³ரம் = the beautiful one;
காகுத்ஸ்த²ம் = Rama literally one who is standing on the hump of a bull;
கருணார்ணவம் = ocean of mercy;
கு³ணநிதி⁴ம் = the reservoir or repository of good qualities;
விப்ரப்ரியம் = the dear Brahmin;
தா⁴ர்மிகம் = relating to Dharma, religion or good conduct;
ராஜேந்த்³ரம் = King of kings;
ஸத்யஸந்த⁴ம் = the man who is bound to be truthful;
த³ஶரத²தநயம் = the son of Dasaratha;
ஶ்யாமலம் = the dark complexioned one;
ஶாந்தமூர்திம் = peace or serenity personified ; embodiment of tranquility.;
வந்தே³ = I bow ; I worship;
லோகாபி⁴ராமம் = ?? ;
ரகு⁴குலதிலகம் = the mark on forehead or jewel of the Raghu dynasty;
ராக⁴வம் = Raghava, Rama;
ராவணாரிம் = the enemy of Ravana;
Shloka 77 Ram
ராமாய ராமப⁴த்³ராய ராமசந்த்³ராய வேத⁴ஸே ।
ரகு⁴நாதா²ய நாதா²ய ஸீதாயா: பதயே நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 77
I salute that Rama who is auspicious, benevolent and cool as moon,
and77 Word Meanings 77;
ராமாய = to Rama;
ராமப⁴த்³ராய = to Rama the auspicious;
ராமசந்த்³ராய = to the moonlike Rama;
வேத⁴ஸே = to Brahma;
ரகு⁴நாதா²ய = to the lord or leader of the Raghu’s;
நாதா²ய = for the lord or husband;
ஸீதாயா: = Sita’s;
பதயே = to the husband or chief or lord;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 78 Ram
ஶ்ரீராமசந்த்³ரசரணௌ மநஸா ஸ்மராமி ।
ஶ்ரீராமசந்த்³ரசரணௌ வசஸா க்³ருʼணாமி ।
ஶ்ரீராமசந்த்³ரசரணௌ ஶிரஸா நமாமி ।
ஶ்ரீராமசந்த்³ரசரணௌ ஶரணம் ப்ரபத்³யே ॥ ॥
Meaning 78
I worship Rama’s feet remembering him with mind, praising with
speech, bowing with head, and completely surrendering unto him..
%E78 Word Meanings 78;
ஶ்ரீராமசந்த்³ரசரணௌ = at the feet of the venerable Ramachandra;
மநஸா = through the mind;
ஸ்மராமி = I remember;
ஶ்ரீராமசந்த்³ரசரணௌ = at the feet of the venerable Ramachandra;
வசஸா = through words;
க்³ருʼணாமி = ?? ;
ஶ்ரீராமசந்த்³ரசரணௌ = at the feet of the venerable Ramachandra;
ஶிரஸா = by the head;
நமாமி = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ஶ்ரீராமசந்த்³ரசரணௌ = at the feet of the venerable Ramachandra;
ஶரணம் = seeking refuge or surrender;
ப்ரபத்³யே = I sing; worship;
Shloka 79 Ram
த³க்ஷிணே லக்ஷ்மணோ யஸ்ய வாமே து ஜநகாத்மஜா ।
புரதோ மாருதிர்யஸ்ய தம் வந்தே³ ரகு⁴நந்த³நம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 79
I salute that Rama who is surrounded by Laxmana on the right, Sita on the
left and Hanuman in the front..
%E79 Word Meanings 79;
த³க்ஷிணே = in the southern direction also denotes the right side or an able person;
லக்ஷ்மண = Laxman;
யஸ்ய = whose;
வாமே = on the left side;
து = but; on the other hand;
ஜநக = at (M.nom.) father; also refers to the sage of that name
whose daughter was Sita;
ஆத்மஜா = born of oneself, refers to one’s daughter;
புரதோ = on the front side;
மாருதி: = Lord Hanuman;
யஸ்ய = whose;
தம் = him;
வந்தே³ = I bow ; I worship;
ரகு⁴நந்த³நம் = the delighter of the Raghu race;
Shloka 80 Ram
லோகாபி⁴ராமம் ரணரங்க³தீ⁴ரம் ।
ராஜீவநேத்ரம் ரகு⁴வம்ஶநாத²ம் ।
காருண்யரூபம் கருணாகரம் தம் ।
ஶ்ரீராமசந்த்³ரம் ஶரணம் ப்ரபத்³யே ॥ ॥
Meaning 80
I take refuge in that Rama who is quite pleasing to the sight, the master of
the stage of war, lotus-eyed, lord of the Raghu race and compassion-
personofied..
%E80 Word Meanings 80;
லோகாபி⁴ராமம் = ?? ;
ரணரங்க³தீ⁴ரம் = the brave at the war stage;
ராஜீவநேத்ரம் = having lotus-like eyes;
ரகு⁴வம்ஶநாத²ம் = the leader or chief of the Raghu dynasty;
காருண்யரூபம் = one who has taken the form of compassion or mercy;
கருணாகரம் = bestower of mercy;
தம் = him;
ஶ்ரீராமசந்த்³ரம் = Shri Ramachandra;
ஶரணம் = seeking refuge or surrender;
ப்ரபத்³யே = I sing; worship;
Shloka 81 Ram
ராமோ ராஜமணி: ஸதா³ விஜயதே ராமம் ரமேஶம் ப⁴ஜே ।
ராமேணாபி⁴ஹதா நிஶாசரசமூ ராமாய தஸ்மை நம: ।
ராமாந்நாஸ்தி பராயணம் பரதரம் ராமஸ்ய தா³ஸோஸ்ம்யஹம் ।
ராமே சித்தலய: ஸதா³ ப⁴வது மே போ⁴ ராம மாமுத்³த⁴ர ॥ ॥
Meaning 81
Rama, the jewel among the kings, is ever victorious, Him I worship, by Him
the demons have been destroyed, to him is said my prayer, beyond Him there
is nothing to be worshipped, His servant I am, my mind is totally absorbed
in Him, O Ram, please liberate me..
%E81 Word Meanings 81;
ராமோ = Rama;
ராஜமணி: = jewel among kings;
ஸதா³ = always; ever;
விஜயதே = wins; becomes victorious;
ராமம் = Rama;
ரமேஶம் = the lord of ramA, Shiva;
ப⁴ஜே = I worship;
ராமேணாபி⁴ஹதா = those struck by Rama;
நிஶாசரசமூ = army of demons active in night;
ராமாய = to Rama;
தஸ்மை = to him;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ராமாந்நாஸ்தி = ?? ;
பராயணம் = exceeding;
பரதரம் = better than the other;
ராமஸ்ய = Rama’s;
தா³ஸோஸ்ம்யஹம் = I am the servant;
ராமே = Oh! rAmA!;
சித்தலய: = the place where the consciousness finds interest or
one whose mind is absorbed in something;
ஸதா³ = always; ever;
ப⁴வது = Let or may it be so; let or may it happen.;
மே = to me or my;
போ⁴ = at (indec.voc.) (respectable form of greeting) Sir;
ராம = Oh! Rama;
மாமுத்³த⁴ர = ?? ;
Shloka 82 Ram
நீலாம்பு³ஜஶ்யாமலகோமலாங்க³ம்
ஸீதாஸமாரோபிதவாமபா⁴க³ம் ।
பாணௌ மஹாஸாயகசாருசாபம்
நமாமி ராமம் ரகு⁴வம்ஶநாத²ம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 82
He whose soft body is like a dark lotus;
On whose left Sita is seated;
In whose hands is the great bow and arrow;
To that protector of Raghu dynasty I offer my salutations!.
%E82 Word Meanings 82;
நீலாம்பு³ஜஶ்யாமலகோமலாங்க³ம் = the one having the body resembling blue black lotus;
ஸீதாஸமாரோபிதவாமபா⁴க³ம் = the one with the left side on which SIta is seated i.e. Rama;
பாணௌ = in the hand;
மஹாஸாயகசாருசாபம் = he having great arrows and charming bow;
நமாமி = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ராமம் = Rama;
ரகு⁴வம்ஶநாத²ம் = the leader or chief of the Raghu dynasty;
Shloka 83 Ram
ஶாந்தம் ஶாஶ்வதமப்ரமேயமநவம் நிர்வாணஶாந்திப்ரத³ம்
ப்³ரஹ்மாஶம்பு⁴ப²ணீந்த்³ரஸேவ்யமநிஶம் வேதா³ந்தவேத்³யம் விபு⁴ம் ।
ராமாக்²யம் ஜக³தீ³ஶ்வரம் ஸுரகு³ரும் மாயாமநுஷ்யம் ஹரிம்
வந்தே³ঽஹம் கருணாகரம் ரகு⁴வரம் பூ⁴பாலசூடா³மணிம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 83
I adore the Lord of the universe bearing the name of Rama, the chief of Raghu’s line
and the crest-jewel of kings, the mine of compassion, the dispeller of all sins,
appearing in human form through Maya, the greatest of all gods, knowable through Vadanta,
constantly worshipped by Brahma, Shambhu and SheSha, the bestower of supreme peace in
the form of final beatitude, placid, eternal, beyond the ordinary means of cognition,
sinless and all-pervading..
%E83 Word Meanings 83;
ஶாந்தம் = one who is complacent, equipoised or tranquil or at peace;
ஶாஶ்வதமப்ரமேயமநவம் = Permanent, immeasurable and ancient i.e not-new;
நிர்வாணஶாந்திப்ரத³ம் = ?? ;
ப்³ரஹ்மாஶம்பு⁴ப²ணீந்த்³ரஸேவ்யமநிஶம் = the Lord who has no night and
who is being served by Brahma, Shiva and the King of snakes AdisheSha;
வேதா³ந்தவேத்³யம் = the one knowable through the Veda’s;
விபு⁴ம் = ether; space; time; supreme ruler; god;
ராமாக்²யம் = said to be or known as Rama;
ஜக³தீ³ஶ்வரம் = the lord of the world;
ஸுரகு³ரும் = the preseptor of the gods i.e.Brihaspati;
மாயாமநுஷ்யம் = ?? ;
ஹரிம் = Lord Hari;
வந்தே³ঽஹம் = I worship;
கருணாகரம் = bestower of mercy;
ரகு⁴வரம் = the best of the Raghu race;
பூ⁴பாலசூடா³மணிம் = the one who is the Protector of the earth and
also who is like the crest-jewel;
Shloka 84 Ram
வந்தே³ ராமம் ஸச்சிதா³நந்த³ம் வந்தே³ ராமம் ஸச்சிதா³நந்த³ம் ।
ஶரணாக³த ஜநபாலக ஶரணம் விக்⁴நஹரம் ஸுக²ஶாந்தி: கரணம் ।
பரம் பத³ம் மங்க³ள அரவிந்த³ம் வந்தே³ ராமம் ஸச்சிதா³நந்த³ம் ।
பரம் பாவநம் ப்ரியதம் ரூபம் பரமேஶம் ஶுப⁴ ஶக்தி ஸ்வரூபம் ।
ஸர்வாதா⁴ரம் மஹா ஸுக² கந்த³ம் வந்தே³ ராமம் ஸச்சிதா³நந்த³ம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 84
I salute Ram — the absolute Truth-Consiousness-Joy,
I salute Ram — the absolute Truth-Consiousness-Joy;
Protector of the ones who take refuge in Him;
Whose refuge is destroyer of all obstacles and giver of happiness and
peace; Whose form is attractive and purifying;
Who is the Supreme Lord in the form of auspicious power;
The basis and root of great happiness;
I salute Ram — the absolute Truth-Consiousness-Joy..
%E84 Word Meanings 84;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
ராமம் = Rama;
ஸச்சிதா³நந்த³ம் = the triple quality of Brahman.;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
ராமம் = Rama;
ஸச்சிதா³நந்த³ம் = the triple quality of Brahman.;
ஶரணாக³த = having come to seek refuge or surrender;
ஜந = at (M.nom.) a living being; man or woman;
பாலக = at (M.nom.) the protector; king;
ஶரணம் = seeking refuge or surrender;
விக்⁴நஹரம் = the one who removes all hurdles or obstacles;
ஸுக² = happiness;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
கரணம் = a sense organ; also making; doing, etc.;
பரம் = supreme; great; the ultimate;
பத³ம் = step ; leg; word;
மங்க³ள = at (N) auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
அரவிந்த³ம் = lotus;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
ராமம் = Rama;
ஸச்சிதா³நந்த³ம் = the triple quality of Brahman.;
பரம் = supreme; great; the ultimate;
பாவநம் = pure;
ப்ரியதம் = lovable;
ரூபம் = form; figure; appearance; personality;
பரமேஶம் = great lord or god,;
ஶுப⁴ = auspicious; propitious;
ஶக்தி = energy; power; strength; goddess Parvati;
ஸ்வரூபம் = one’s own form;
ஸர்வாதா⁴ரம் = the basis or support of all;
மஹா = big; large;
ஸுக² = happyness;
கந்த³ம் = a bulb kind of root;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
ராமம் = Rama;
ஸச்சிதா³நந்த³ம் = the triple quality of Brahman.;
Shloka 85 Ram
ஶ்ரீராம ஸீதாவர ராக⁴வேதி
ஹே கௌஶலேஶாத்மஜநாயகேதி ।
ஶ்ரீராம ஜயராம ஜய ஜய த³யாலு
ஶ்ரீராம ஜய ராம ஜய ஜய க்ருʼபாலு ॥ ॥
Meaning 85
Oh! Sri Ram of the Raghu dynasty, the one chosen by Sita,
the son of Kaushalya; victory of Sri Ram, victory to kind Ram,
victory to Sri Rama, victory to the grace-giver Ram..
%E85 Word Meanings 85;
ஶ்ரீராம = Oh! venerable Rama;
ஸீதாவர = husband of Sita;
ராக⁴வேதி = ?? ;
ஹே = vocative for addressing a male;
கௌஶலேஶ = ?? ;
ஆத்மஜநாயகேதி = ?? ;
ஶ்ரீராம = Oh! venerable Rama;
ஜயராம = Oh! the victorious Rama;
ஜய = at (M.nom.) victory;
ஜய = at (M.nom.) victory;
த³யாலு = kind; compassionate;
ஶ்ரீராம = Oh! venerable Rama;
ஜய = at (M.nom.) victory;
ராம = Oh! Rama;
ஜய = at (M.nom.) victory;
ஜய = at (M.nom.) victory;
க்ருʼபாலு = one who is merciful or sympathetic;
Shloka 86 Ram
ராம ராமேதி ராமேதி ரமே ராமே மநோரமே ।
ஸஹ்ஸ்ரநாம தத்துல்யம் ராம நாம வராநநே ॥ ॥
Meaning 86
(Lord Shankar tells ParvatI ) O fair-faced one! Uttering ‘RAma’ once
is equal to saying ‘viShNusahasranAm’ (or any other ‘name’ of God a
thousand times). (That is the reason that) I am always saying ‘RAma,
RAma, RAma’ and meditating on the mind-pleasing name ‘RAma’..
%E86 Word Meanings 86;
ராம = Oh! Rama;
இதி = thus;
ரமே = Oh! ramA!;
ராமே = Oh! rAmA!;
மநோரமே = mind-pleasing ;
ஸஹ்ஸ்ரநாம = 1000 named;
தத்துல்யம் = the one equal to that;
ராம = Oh! Rama;
நாம = namename;
வராநநே = Oh! the one with a beautiful face;
Shloka 87 Ram
வைதே³ஹீஸஹிதம் ஸுரத்³ருமதலே ஹேமே மஹாமண்ட³பே
மத்⁴யே புஷ்பகமாஸநே மணிமயே வீராஸநே ஸுஸ்தி²தம் ।
அக்³ரே வாசயதி ப்ரப⁴ஞ்ஜநஸுதே தத்த்வம் முநிப்⁴ய: பரம்
வ்யாக்²யாந்தம் ப⁴ரதாதி³பி:⁴ பரிவ்ருʼதம் ராமம் ப⁴ஜே ஶ்யாமலம் ॥ ॥
வாமே பூ⁴மிஸுதா புரஶ்ச ஹநுமாந் பஶ்சாத் ஸுமித்ராஸுத:
ஶத்ருக்⁴நோ ப⁴ரதஶ்ச பார்ஶ்வத³லயோ வாய்வாதி⁴கோணேஷு ச ।
ஸுக்³ரீவஶ்ச விபீ⁴ஷணஶ்ச யுவராஜ் தாராஸுதோ ஜாம்ப³வாந்
மத்⁴யே நீல ஸரோஜ கோமலருசிம் ராமம் ப⁴ஜே ஶ்யாமலம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 87
I sing in praise of that dark – grey – complexioned Rama who
accompanied by Vaidehi under the divine Kalpaka tree in the golden
auditorium is gracefully seated on this centrally situated gem-
studded and majestically architected Pushpah with Hanuman in the fore
expostulating the highest philosophy with the Rishis offering explanation
thereon and surrounded by Bharata and others.
(alternate
The beautiful pattAbhishekam scene, where RAma is surrounded by
family and devotees is described with affection. The great Raghuveeran
is seated in veerAsanam and is like a beautiful blue lotus in hue. HanumAn
is holding His lotus feet in front of the throne. SitA devi is seated
on His left side.
LaxmaNa stands behind and holds the umbrella as a royal insignia.
Bharatha and Satrugna are at two corners.
Sri RAma is seated in the midst of his retinue (parivAram ) of
fellow soldiers, Sugreevan, VibhishaNan, prince Angathan, son of TArA
and the great bear JAmbhavAn. The blue effulgence in the middle of all
of them is the object of our meditation as we begin our salutation to Shri Rama..
%E87 Word Meanings 87;
வைதே³ஹீஸஹிதம் = the one with VAidehi or Sita;
ஸுரத்³ருமதலே = under the heavenly tree;
ஹேமே = Hema the golden one;
மஹாமண்ட³பே = in the great Hall;
மத்⁴யே = in the midddle;
புஷ்பகமாஸநே = in the seat of `pushpaka’ plane;
மணிமயே = Oh! full of gems;
வீராஸநே = in a Yogic Asana posture called Virasana or in a kingly seat;
ஸுஸ்தி²தம் = well-positioned; well-established;
அக்³ரே = in the front or first placein front of;
வாசயதி = causes to be read;
ப்ரப⁴ஞ்ஜநஸுதே = Oh! daughter of Prabhanjana, shatterer or destroyer;
தத்த்வம் = that thou;
முநிப்⁴ய: = for or from the sages;
பரம் = supreme; great; the ultimae;
வ்யாக்²யாந்தம் = the end of the discourse or explanation;
ப⁴ரதாதி³பி:⁴ = By Bharata and others literally beginning with Bharata;
பரிவ்ருʼதம் = the surrounded;
ராமம் = Rama;
ப⁴ஜே = I worship;
ஶ்யாமலம் = the dark complexioned one;
வாமே = on the left side;
பூ⁴மிஸுதா = the daughter of the Earth, Sita;
புர: = fortified town; city; also refers to human body;
ச = and;
ஹநுமாந = of Hanuman;
ப: = Air; wind; leaf; egg;
சாத் = ?? ;
ஸுமித்ராஸுத: = the son of Sumitra i.e. LakShmana;
ஶத்ருக்⁴நோ = a brother of Rama by that name; lit:the slayer of enemies;
ப⁴ரத: = Bharata;
ச = and;
பார்ஶ்வத³லயோ = at On both sides;
வாய்வாதி⁴கோணேஷு = vayu and others in the corners;
ச = and;
ஸுக்³ரீவ: = the chief of the monkeys who helped Rama;
ச = and;
விபீ⁴ஷண: = Vibishana, a younger brother of Ravana;
ச = and;
யுவராஜ் = prince regent;
தாராஸுதோ = the son of Tara refers to Angada;
ஜாம்ப³வாந் = a chieftain of bears an important character in the Ramayana;
மத்⁴யே = in the midddle;
நீல = blue stone or gem;
ஸரோஜ = lotus;
கோமலருசிம் = ?? ;
ராமம் = Rama;
ப⁴ஜே = I worship;
ஶ்யாமலம் = the dark complexioned one;
Shloka 88 Ram
ஸக்ருʼதே³வ ப்ரபந்நாய தவாஸ்மீதி ச யாசதே ।
அப⁴யம் ஸர்வபூ⁴தேப்⁴யோ த³தா³ம்யேதத்³ வ்ரதம் மம ॥ ॥
Meaning 88
(RAmAbhaya from ShrImad RAmAyaNa)
Whoever seeks My refuge saying ᳚I have become Yours᳚,
to him and to all other living things
I will give My protection – freedom from fear, this is My vow..
%E88 Word Meanings 88;
ஸக்ருʼதே³வ = one time alone; once;
ப்ரபந்நாய = to the one who has reached or arrived at;
தவாஸ்மீதி = ?? ;
ச = and;
யாசதே = begs;
அப⁴யம் = protection; refuge;
ஸர்வபூ⁴தேப்⁴யோ = to all the living beings;
த³தா³ம்யேதத்³ = I give this thing;
வ்ரதம் = austerity;
மம = mine; mymy; mine;
Shloka 89 Ram
கோமலாங்க³ம் விஶாலாக்ஷம் இந்த்³ரநீல ஸமப்ரப⁴ம்
த³க்ஷிணாங்கே³ த³ஶரத²ம் புத்ராப்யேக்ஷேண தத்பரம் ।
ப்ரஷ்டதோ லக்ஷமணம் தே³வம் ஸச²த்ரம் கநக ப்ரப⁴ம்
பார்ஶ்வே ப⁴ரத ஶத்ருக்⁴ந சாமர வ்ய்ஜநாந்விதௌ
அக்³ரேத்யக்³ரௌ ஹநூமந்தம் ராமாநுக்³ரஹ காங்க்ஷிணம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 89
One with delicate body, large eyes, a gem, shining everywhere,
on whose right is Dashratha seeing the son with supreme devotion;
behind whom is LakShmana with a shining gloden umbrella,
near whom are Bharata and Shatrughna fanning, and Hanuman is in front
desiring Ram passionately..
%E89 Word Meanings 89;
கோமலாங்க³ம் = ?? ;
விஶாலாக்ஷம் = ?? ;
இந்த்³ரநீல = bluish gem stone? decorating Indra’s crown;
ஸமப்ரப⁴ம் = having light, shine equal to refrring to thousands of suns;
த³க்ஷிணாங்கே³ = on his right;
த³ஶரதம் = ?? ;
புத்ராப்யேக்ஷேண = through the desire for getting a son;
தத்பரம் = that great; other than that;
ப்ரஷ்டதோ = the one standing in front;
லக்ஷணம் = ?? ;
தே³வம் = God;
ஸச²த்ரம் = along with an umbrella;
கநக = golden;
ப்ரப⁴ம் = ?? ;
பார்ஶ்வே = on the sides;
ப⁴ரத = Oh! Bharata !;
ஶத்ருக்⁴ந,சாமர = ?? ;
வ்ய்ஜநாந்விதௌ = ?? ;
அக்³ரேத்யக்³ரௌ = ?? ;
ஹநூமந்தம் = Hanuman;
ராமாநுக்³ர = ?? ;
காந்க்ஷிணம் = one who desires;
Shloka 90 Ram
தூ³ரீக்ருʼத ஸீதார்தி: ப்ரகடீக்ருʼத ராமவைப⁴வ ஸ்பூ²ர்தி: ।
தா³ரித த³ஶமுக² கீர்தி: புரதோ மம பா⁴து ஹநூமதோ மூர்தி: ॥ ॥
Meaning 90
Please be present in all your splendour, in front of me, Oh Lord of
Hanuman, who went through so much agony in separation from Sita
devi, whose splendour and sparkling brilliance was evident to all
and who is renowned for slaying the ten headed Ravana..
%E90 Word Meanings 90;
தூ³ரீக்ருʼத = having been distanced or having removed it or thrown it far away;
ஸீதார்தி: = the sorrow or difficulty of Sita;
ப்ரகடீக்ருʼத = made public; made visible to the eye;
ராமவைப⁴வ = the glory and splendour of Rama;
ஸ்பூ²ர்தி: = throbbing; vibration; flash; inspiration;
தா³ரித = torn; split; cut;
த³ஶமுக² = ten-headed;
கீர்தி: = fame;
புரதோ = on the front side;
மம = mine; my;
பா⁴து = Let one shine;
ஹநூமதோ = from Hanuman;
மூர்தி: = person; embodiment;
Shloka 91 Ram
அக்³ரத: ப்ருʼஷ்ட²தஶ்சைவ பார்ஶ்வதஶ்ச மஹாப³லௌ ।
ஆகர்ணபூர்ண த⁴ந்வாநௌ ரக்ஷேதாம் ராமலக்ஷ்மணௌ ॥ ॥
Meaning 91
Let the mighty twosome, the bow wielding Rama and LakShmaNa,
who have the bowstring stretched to the fullest upto the ears,
(who are ever-ready) protect us and save us by surrounding us from the
front, back and all sides..
%E91 Word Meanings 91;
அக்³ரத: = Before; in the front side;
ப்ருʼஷ்ட²த: = at or from the back;
சைவ = and like;
பார்ஶ்வத: = from the sides;
ச = and;
மஹாப³லௌ = the twosome with great might;
ஆகர்ணபூர்ண = fully reaching upto the ears ;
த⁴ந்வாநௌ = the two carrying bows;
ரக்ஷேதாம் = May the two protect us;
ராமலக்ஷ்மணௌ = Rama and Laxmana; %Newest Additions;
Shloka 92 Rama
ராம ராம ராம ராம ராமநாமதாரகம்
ராம க்ருʼஷ்ண வாஸுதே³வ ப⁴க்திமுக்திதா³யகம் ।
ஶங்கராய கீ³யமாநபுண்யநாமகீர்தநம்
ஜாநகீமநோஹரம் ஶ்ரீராமசந்த்³ரமம் ப⁴ஜே ॥ ॥
Meaning 92
Ram, Ram, Ram, Ram, the name Ram with which one can cross the Ocean (of
births and deaths); Ram, Krishna, Vasudeva, the giver of devotion and
liberation; singing the holy names to Shankar I worship the enchanter
of Janaki Sri Ramachandra..
%E92 Word Meanings 92;
ராம = Oh! Rama;
ராம = Oh! Rama;
ராம = Oh! Rama;
ராம = Oh! Rama;
ராமநாமதாரகம் = the name of Rama which enables one to cross
(the sea of births and deaths);
ராம = Oh! Rama;
க்ருʼஷ்ண = of Krishna; black;
வாஸுதே³வ = at (M.acc.) the son of `vasudeva’;
ப⁴க்திமுக்திதா³யகம் = the one who grants devotion and liberation or salvation;
ஶங்கராய = to Shankara;
கீ³யமாநபுண்யநாமகீர்தநம் = the hymn being sung having sacred names;
ஜாநகீமநோஹரம் = the one who captures Janaki’s mind i.e. Rama;
ஶ்ரீராமசந்த்³ரமம் = Rama;
ப⁴ஜே = I worship;
Shloka 93 Hanuman
மநோஜவம் மாருததுல்யவேக³ம் ।
ஜிதேந்த்³ரியம் பு³த்³தி⁴மதாம் வரிஷ்ட²ம் ।
வாதாத்மஜம் வாநரயூத²முக்²யம் ।
ஶ்ரீராமதூ³தம் ஶரணம் ப்ரபத்³யே ॥ ॥
Meaning 93
I take refuge in the lord Hanuman who is as fast as the mind, equals his
father, the wind-God, in speed, is the master of the senses, the foremost
amongst the learned, the leader of the Monkey forces and the great messenger
of Shri Rama.
(Alternate)
This slOkam salutes HanUman as the one , who is as
fast as the mind and equalling His father ( VAyu ) in
His speed of travel. He is saluted as the MahA yOgi ,
who has conquered His IndriyAs ( senses ) and as
the foremost among the learned and as the supreme
leader of the monkey army as well as the great
messenger of Sri RAmA ..
%E93 Word Meanings 93;
மநோஜவம் = one equalling the speed of mind;
மாருததுல்யவேக³ம் = one having speed equal to that of the wind;
ஜிதேந்த்³ரியம் = one who has conquered the senses;
பு³த்³தி⁴மதாம் = of or among the people who have the intellect;
வரிஷ்ட²ம் = the best person;
வாத = relating to wind;
ஆத்மஜம் = born of oneself, refers to one’s son;
வாநரயூத²முக்²யம் = the chief of the monkey army;
ஶ்ரீராமதூ³தம் = the messenger of the venerable Rama;
ஶரணம் = seeking refuge or surrender;
ப்ரபத்³யே = I sing; worship;
Shloka 94 Hanuman
அதுலிதப³லதா⁴மம் ஹேமஶைலாப⁴தே³ஹம்
த³நுஜவநக்ருʼஶாநும் ஜ்ஞாநிநாமக்³ரக³ண்யம் ।
ஸகலகு³ணநிதா⁴நம் வாநராணாமதீ⁴ஶம்
ரகு⁴பதிப்ரியப⁴க்தம் வாதஜாதம் நமாமி ।
ௐ ஹம் ஹநுமதே நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 94
Adorations to Lord Hanuman!
I adore Lord Hanuman, who is the abode of incomparable strength,
whose body shines like a mountain of gold, who is the fire unto
the forest of demons, who is the chief among the wise, who is the
beloved devotee of Bhagvan Rama and the son of Wind-God.
(Alternate)
He is a nava vyAkaraNa pandithan ; His body shines
like a mountain of Gold ( hemasailAbha dEham ) ;
He is in the front row of all Jn~Anis ( Jn~AninAM
agragaNyaM ) . He is the most dear bhakthA of
Sri RamA ( Raghupathi Priya Bhakthan ).
%E94 Word Meanings 94;
அதுலிதப³லதா⁴மம் = the home of incomparable, unequalled power or might;
ஹேமஶைலாப⁴தே³ஹம் = having body resembling a golden-hued mountain;
த³நுஜவநக்ருʼஶாநும் = the fire `kRishAnuH of the forest of demons;
ஜ்ஞாநிநாமக்³ரக³ண்யம் = reckoned as the foremost or first among the learned;
ஸகலகு³ணநிதா⁴நம் = the one who is a reservoir of all good qualities;
வாநராணாமதீ⁴ஶம் = the master of chief of the monkeys;
ரகு⁴பதிப்ரியப⁴க்தம் = the devotee of the chief of Raghus;
வாதஜாதம் = born of wind-god;
நமாமி = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ஹம் = ?? ;
ஹநுமதே = to Hanuman;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 95 Hanuman
பு³த்³தி⁴ர்ப³லம் யஶோ தை⁴ர்யம் நிர்ப⁴யத்வமரோக³தா ।
அஜாட்³யம் வாக்படுத்வம் ச ஹநூமத்ஸ்மரணாத்³ப⁴வேத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 95
When we pray to Lord Hanuman, we will be blessed with intellect,
strength, fame, courage, fearlessness, freedom from all ailments,
wisdom and diplomacy in speech.
(Alternate)
When we pray to Him , HanumAn blesses us with
intellect , strength of body , illustrious fame , courage
in times of danger , fearlessness to take initatives in
spiritual pursuits and freedom from all bodily ailments ,
wisdom and skilled (diplomatic) speech ..
%E95 Word Meanings 95;
பு³த்³தி:⁴ = intellect;
ப³லம் = might, strength;
யஶோ = fame;
தை⁴ர்யம் = courage; firmness;
நிர்ப⁴யத்வம் = fearlessness;
அரோக³தா = freedom from disease;
அஜாட்³யம் = opposite of jADyaM or stupidity or dullness or frigidity
or foolishness meaning bright in intellect;
வாக்படுத்வம் = eloquence in speech;
ச = and;
ஹநூமத்ஸ்மரணாத்³ப⁴வேத் = May it happen or result from the remembrance of Hanuman;
Shloka 96 Hanuman
யத்ர யத்ர ரகு⁴நாத² கீர்தநம்
தத்ர தத்ர க்ருʼதமஸ்தகாஞ்ஜலிம் ।
பா⁴ஷ்பவாரி பரிபூர்ண லோசநம்
மாருதிம் நமத ராக்ஷஸாந்தகம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 96
Wherever there is the song in praise of Lord Rama, there always is,
with head bowed in respect and eyes brimming with tears of joy,
Hanuman, the exterminator of rakShasas, to him are our salutations..
%E96 Word Meanings 96;
யத்ர யத்ர = where ever;
ரகு⁴நாத² = Oh! the lord of the Raghu dynasty;
கீர்தநம் = eulogising or praising hymn or work;
தத்ர = there;
தத்ர = there;
க்ருʼதமஸ்தகாஞ்ஜலிம் = the one with the bent head and folded hands;
பா⁴ஷ்பவாரி = raining tears (tear-drops);
பரிபூர்ண = complete; perfect;
லோசநம் = eye;
மாருதிம் = Hanuman;
நமத = bow; salute;
ராக்ஷஸ =demons;
அந்தகம் = exterminator ;
Shloka 97 Shiva
கரசரண க்ருʼதம் வாக்காயஜம் கர்மஜம் வா ।
ஶ்ரவணநயநஜம் வா மாநஸம் வாபராத⁴ம் ।
விஹிதமவிஹிதம் வா ஸர்வமேதத்க்ஷமஸ்வ ।
ஜய ஜய கருணாப்³தே⁴ ஶ்ரீமஹாதே³வ ஶம்போ⁴ ॥ ॥
Meaning 97
O Lord Shiva! Please forgive my wrong actions committed by me
knowingly or unknowingly through my hands, feet, speech, body
or through any organ of action; or through the ears, eyes (any
organ of perception) or through the mind. May you forgive all
sinful actions committed by me. O Great Shiva! Glory, Glory
to you! You are the Surging Ocean of Compassion!.
%E97 Word Meanings 97;
கரசரண = by the hand and foot;
க்ருʼதம் = that which has been done;
வாக்காயஜம் = born of or resulting from words and body or action;
கர்மஜம் = born of action or duty;
வா = or; also; like; either or;
ஶ்ரவணநயநஜம் = resuling from ears or hearing and eyes;
வா = or; also; like; either or;
மாநஸம் = of the mind; thought;
வா = or; also; like; either or;
அபராத⁴ம் = faults, wrong deeds;
விஹிதமவிஹிதம் = knowingly or unknowingly;
வா = or; also; like; either or;
ஸர்வமேதத்க்ஷமஸ்வ = Fogive all this;
ஜய = at (M.nom.) victory;
ஜய = at (M.nom.) victory;
கருணாப்³தே⁴ = ocean of mercy;
ஶ்ரீமஹாதே³வ = Oh! great Lord Shiva;
ஶம்போ⁴ = Oh! Shiva or happy person;
Shloka 98 Shiva
கர்பூரகௌ³ரம் கருணாவதாரம்
ஸம்ஸாரஸாரம் பு⁴ஜகே³ந்த்³ரஹாரம் ।
ஸதா³ வஸந்தம் ஹ்ருʼத³யாரவிந்தே³
ப⁴வம் ப⁴வாநீஸஹிதம் நமாமி ॥ ॥
Meaning 98
I salute to that Ishwar along with Bhavani (Shiva and Parvati),
who is as white as camphor, an incarnation of compassion,
the essence of this world, who wears a serpant around
his neck and is ever present in the lotus abode of our hearts..
%E98 Word Meanings 98;
கர்பூரகௌ³ரம் = ?? ;
கருணாவதாரம் = embodiment of mercy;
ஸம்ஸாரஸாரம் = the essence of worldly or familly-life;
பு⁴ஜகே³ந்த்³ரஹாரம் = one who is having the king of snake as the garland
or necklace, Shiva;
ஸதா³ = always; ever;
வஸந்தம் = the one who is living or dwelling or the spring season;
ஹ்ருʼத³யாரவிந்தே³ = in the lotus like heart;
ப⁴வம் = the chain or ocean of births and deaths or the one God who causes it;;
ப⁴வாநீஸஹிதம் = one who has BhavAnI alongside;
நமாமி = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
Shloka 99 Shiva
ௐ த்ரயம்ப³கம் யஜாமஹே
ஸுக³ந்தி⁴ம் புஷ்டிவர்த⁴நம் ।
உர்வாருகமிவ ப³ந்த⁴நாந்
ம்ருʼத்யோர்முக்ஷீய மாம்ருʼதாத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 99
This is the Maha Mrityunjaya Mantra.
We worship the three-eyed One (Lord Siva) Who is fragrant and who
nourishes well all beings; may He liberate us from death for the sake
of Immortality even as the cucumber is severed from its bondage (to
the creeper)..
%E99 Word Meanings 99;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
த்ரயம்ப³கம் = the three-eyed one;
யஜாமஹே = Let us do the sacrifice;
ஸுக³ந்தி⁴ம் = the one who is fragrant;
புஷ்டிவர்த⁴நம் = that which increases nourishment;
உர்வாருகமிவ = like the cucumber;
ப³ந்த⁴நாந் = ?? ;
ம்ருʼத்யோர்முக்ஷீய = ?? ;
மாம்ருʼதாத் = ?? ;
Shloka 100 Shiva
நமஸ்தே ருத்³ரமந்யவ உதோத இஷவே நம: ।
நமஸ்தே அஸ்து த⁴ந்வநே பா³ஹுப்⁴யா-முத தே நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 100
Salutations to Shiva’s anger and to his arrow;
Salutations to His bow and also to his arms..
%E100 Word Meanings 100;
நமஸ்தே = greetings, salutations to you;
ருத்³ரமந்யவ = to Shiva’s anger;
உதோத = and then;
இஷவே = for the bow;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
நமஸ்தே = greetings, salutations to you;
அஸ்து = let it be so; let there be; Amenlet there be(III
per.benedic.) May there be; So be it; Amen;
த⁴ந்வநே = to the bow-bearing one;
பா³ஹுப்⁴யா-முத = ?? ;
தே = to you or your (here:poss.);
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 101 Shiva
ௐ ஶிவ ௐ ஶிவ, பராத்பரா ஶிவ ஓங்கார ஶிவ தவ ஶரணம் ।
நமாமி ஶங்கர ப⁴ஜாமி ஶங்கர உமாமஹேஶ்வர தவ ஶரணம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 101
Aum shiva, Aum shiva;
Shiva who is beyond the beyond, who is the sound of Aum, I take refuge
in you. I bow to Shankar, I sing the glories of Shankar, I take refuge
in Uma and Shankar..
%E101 Word Meanings 101;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ஶிவ = of Lord Shiva ; auspicious; favourable; propitious;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ஶிவ, = ?? ;
பராத்பரா = greater than the great; the most supreme;
ஶிவ = of Lord Shiva ; auspicious; favourable; propitious;
ஓங்கார = relating to the Brahman or the `OM’ mantra;
ஶிவ = of Lord Shiva ; auspicious; favourable; propitious;
தவ = youryour;
ஶரணம் = seeking refuge or surrender;
நமாமி = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ஶங்கர = Oh! Shankara, Shiva lit.one who grants good or auspicious things;
ப⁴ஜாமி = I worship;
ஶங்கர = Oh! Shankara, Shiva lit.one who grants good or auspicious things;
உமாமஹேஶ்வர = Oh! Shiva with Parvati or adj.;
தவ = youryour;
ஶரணம் = seeking refuge or surrender;
Shloka 102 Shiva
வந்தே³ உமாபதிம் ஸுரகு³ரும் வந்தே³ ஜக³த்காரணம் ।
வந்தே³ பந்நக³பூ⁴ஷணம் ம்ருʼக³த⁴ரம் வந்தே³ பஶூநாம் பதிம் ।
வந்தே³ ஸூர்ய ஶஶாங்க வஹ்நிநயந வந்தே³ முகுந்த³ ப்ரியம் ।
வந்தே³ ப⁴க்தஜநாஶ்ரயம் ச வரத³ம் வந்தே³ ஶிவம் ஶங்கரம் ।
ௐ நம: ஶிவாய ॥ ॥
Meaning 102
Adorations to Bhagavan Shiva!
Adorations to the Lord of Goddess Uma, to the Preceptor of gods,
Adorations to the cause of the universe. Adorations to the one who
holds a deer in His hands (Who is the master of the mind). Adorations
to Him, who is the Lord of the Pashus (souls in bondage). Adorations
to Him who has the sun (intellect), moon (mind) and fire (knowledge)
for his eyes. Adorations to Him who is the beloved of Mukunda
(Lord Vishnu). Adorations to Him Who is the refuge of His devotees,
and who is the giver of boons. Adorations to Him who is all auspicious
and is the doer of all that is good!.
%E102 Word Meanings 102;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
உமாபதிம் = the lord or consort of Uma i.e.shivahusband of Uma or Paravati, Shiva;
ஸுரகு³ரும் = the preseptor of the gods i.e.Brihaspati;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
ஜக³த்காரணம் = the cause of the world;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
பந்நக³பூ⁴ஷணம் = the one wearing serpants as ornaments;
ம்ருʼக³த⁴ரம் = ?? ;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
பஶூநாம் = the animals’;
பதிம் = the husband; chief; lord;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
ஸூர்ய = of the sun;
ஶஶாங்க = at (M.nom.) the moon; having the hare as a body part;
வஹ்நிநயந = with fiery eyes;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
முகுந்த³ = at (M.acc.) Mukunda(M.nom.) Mukunda, Vishnu or
Krishna(m.nom.) Mukunda (Vishnu);
ப்ரியம் = that which is agreeing well; dear; to one’s liking; darling ;;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
ப⁴க்தஜநாஶ்ரயம் = one who grants refuge to the devotees;
ச = and;
வரத³ம் = the one who gives boons;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
ஶிவம் = Lord shiva;
ஶங்கரம் = Shankara;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ஶிவாய = to Shiva;
Shloka 103 Shiva
அபஸர்பந்து தே பூ⁴தா யே பூ⁴தா பூ⁴மிஸம்ஸ்தி²தா: ।
யே பூ⁴தா விக்⁴நகர்தாரஸ்தே க³ச்ச²ந்து ஶிவாஜ்ஞயா ॥ ॥
Meaning 103
The (evil) beings who are on earth let them move away;
The (evil) beings who create obstacles let them go by the wish of Shiva..
%E103 Word Meanings 103;
அபஸர்பந்து = Let them move away or drive away;
தே = to you or your (here:poss.);
பூ⁴தா = one who has taken some form or come to a certain state;
யே = they who;
பூ⁴தா = one who has taken some form or come to a certain state;
பூ⁴மிஸம்ஸ்தி²தா: = on the earth or ground;
யே = they who;
பூ⁴தா = one who has taken some form or come to a cerrtain state;
விக்⁴நகர்தாரஸ்தே = ?? ;
க³ச்ச²ந்து = let them go;
ஶிவாஜ்ஞயா = by Shiva’s command or orders;
Shloka 104 Shiva
தீக்ஷ்ணத³ம்ஷ்ட்ர மஹாகாய கல்பாந்தத³ஹநோபம ।
பை⁴ரவாய நமஸ்துப்⁴யமநுஜ்ஞாம் தா³துமர்ஹஸி ॥ ॥
Meaning 104
Oh! The one with sharp teeth, huge body, destroyer (like fire) of
the worlds, Bhairava grant permission to offer salutations to You..
%E104 Word Meanings 104;
தீக்ஷ்ணத³ம்ஷ்ட்ர = sharp teeth;
மஹாகாய = big bodied;
கல்பாந்தத³ஹநோபம = equal to the burning at the time of the end of
the world or 4 `yuga’s;
பை⁴ரவாய = to the Bahirava i.e. Shiva;
நமஸ்துப்⁴யமநுஜ்ஞாம் = I bow to thee; permission (may be given);
தா³துமர்ஹஸி = `dAtuM (inf.) and `arhasi’ (verb); you desrve (have merit) to give;
Shloka 105 Shiva
மங்க³ளம் ப⁴க³வாந் ஶம்பு:⁴ மங்க³ளம் வ்ருʼஷப⁴த்⁴வஜ: ।
மங்க³ளம் பார்வதீநாதோ² மங்க³ளாயதநோ ஹர: ॥ ॥
Meaning 105
Auspicious is the splendent Shambhu, auspicious is Vrishabhadhwaja,
auspicious is the consort of Parvati, an abode of auspiciousness is Hara..
%E105 Word Meanings 105;
மங்க³ளம் = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ப⁴க³வாந் = God; or a respectable person one who possesses the
bhaga -a cluster of good things including wealth and happiness;
ஶம்பு:⁴ = an epithet of Shiva;
மங்க³ளம் = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
வ்ருʼஷப⁴த்⁴வஜ: = the one having the bull in his flag;
மங்க³ளம் = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
பார்வதீநாதோ² = Parvati’s consort i.e. Shiva;
மங்க³ளாயதநோ = bringing good fortune or auspiciousness;
ஹர: = Lord Shiva literally one who removes or steals or destroys ignorance.;
Shloka 106 Shiva
தத்புருஷாய வித்³மஹே । மஹாதே³வாய தீ⁴மஹி ।
தந்நோ ருத்³ர: ப்ரசோத³யாத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 106
This is my offering to the the onlu purushA, Shiva .
I meditate to this Lord of Lords.
Let that fierce Lord (Shiva) inspire me..
%E106 Word Meanings 106;
தத்புருஷாய = ?? ;
வித்³மஹே = offering;
மஹாதே³வாய = to Shiva;
தீ⁴மஹி = May meditate;
தந்நோ = ?? ;
ருத்³ர: = Shiva;
ப்ரசோத³யாத் = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 107 Shiva
அயம் மே ஹஸ்தோ ப⁴க³வாநயம் மே ப⁴க³வத்தர: ।
அயம் மே விஶ்வபே⁴ஷஜோঽயம் ஶிவாபி⁴மர்ஶந: ॥ ॥
Meaning 107
This hand is of mine is very skilled and this hand is even more skilled;
This hand is of mine has all the medicines of the world and this hand’s
touch is most auspicious..
%E107 Word Meanings 107;
அயம் = this one;
மே = to me or my;
ஹஸ்தோ = the hand;
ப⁴க³வாநயம் = ?? ;
மே = to me or my;
ப⁴க³வத்தர: = one who is more godly than the other(s);
அயம் = this one;
மே = to me or my;
விஶ்வபே⁴ஷஜோঽயம் = ?? ;
ஶிவாபி⁴மர்ஶந: = ?? ;
Shloka 108 Shiva
அஸிதகி³ரிஸமஸ்யாத் கஜ்ஜலம் ஸிந்தூ⁴பாத்ரே
ஸுரதருவரஶாகா² லேக²நீ பத்ரமூர்வீ ।
லிக²தி யதி³ க்³ருʼஹித்வா ஶாரதா³ ஸர்வகாலம்
தத³பி தவ கு³ணாநாமீஶ பாரம் ந யாதி ॥ ॥
Meaning 108
Take one big mountain of eye ointment and dissolve it as black ink in
the pot made out of ocean, take a branch of the heavenly tree as the pen,
the earth (ground) as the parchment, arrange for Sharada to write all the
time with this understanding, still it would not be enough to describe
all of your Good Qualities, oh Isha!
.
%E108 Word Meanings 108;
அஸிதகி³ரிஸமஸ்யாத் = like (samaM) a black (asita) mountain (giri);
கஜ்ஜலம் = eye ointment; collyrium or black ink;
ஸிந்து⁴பாத்ரே = in the pot (pAtra) of ocean (si.ndhu) [7];
ஸுரதருவர = the heavenly tree;
ஶாகா² = a branch;;
லேக²நீ = writing instrument;
பத்ர = leaf; page;
உர்வீ = earth;
லிக²தி = writes (likha);
யதி³ = if;
க்³ருʼஹீத்வா = while holding;
ஶாரதா³ = goddess worshipped during the autumnal season sharad as
Durga, LakShmi and Sarasvati;
ஸர்வகாலம் = for ever;
தத³பி = even then;
தவ = your;
கு³ணாநாம் = of the good qualities;
ஈஶ = Hey Isha[8];
பார = end; other side;
ந = no;
யாதி = goes;
Shloka 109 Kartikeya
ஷடா³நநம் குங்குமரக்தவர்ணம்
மஹாமதிம் தி³வ்யமயூரவாஹநம் ।
ருத்³ரஸ்ய ஸூநும் ஸுரஸைந்யநாத²ம்
கு³ஹம் ஸதா³ ஶரணமஹம் ப்ரபத்³யே ॥ ॥
Meaning 109
I seek refuge for ever with the six-faced God of vermilion complexion, the
son of Rudra, leader of the army of gods, who possessed of great intelligence,
and mounted on a celestial peacock, ever resides in the cave of human hearts..
%E109 Word Meanings 109;
ஷாடா³நநம் = the six-headed one Karthikeya;
குங்குமரக்தவர்ணம் = ?? ;
மஹாமதிம் = the great minded one;
தி³வ்யமயூரவாஹநம் = the divine peacock vehicle;
ருத்³ரஸ்ய = Rudra’s;
ஸூநும் = the son;
ஸுரஸைந்யநாத²ம் = the leader of the army of the gods;
கு³ஹம் = guha refers to Karthikeya;
ஸதா³ = always; ever;
ஶரணமஹம் = refuge, I;
ப்ரபத்³யே = I sing; worship;
Shloka 110 Kartikeya
நமோ நமஸ்தே கு³ஹ ஶக்திதா⁴ம்நே
நமோ நமஸ்தே கு³ஹ ஶக்தித⁴ர்த்ரே ।
நமோ நமஸ்தே கு³ஹ தே³வஸேநா
ப⁴ர்த்ரே நமஸ்தே குலபூ⁴ஷணாய ॥ ॥
Meaning 110
Salutations to the Lord Subrahmanya, who is the abode of power, who
holds the lance, who is the commander of the celestial hosts, and who
is the ornament of His divine family..
%E110 Word Meanings 110;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
நமஸ்தே = greetings, salutations to you;
கு³ஹ = Guha refers to lord Karthikeya;
ஶக்திதா⁴ம்நே = Oh!. the seat or abode of power; might;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
நமஸ்தே = greetings, salutations to you;
கு³ஹ = Guha refers to lord Karthikeya;
ஶக்தித⁴ர்த்ரே = abode of strength;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
நமஸ்தே = greetings, salutations to you;
கு³ஹ = Guha refers to lord Karthikeya;
தே³வஸேநா = a female of that name, also army of gods;
ப⁴ர்த்ரே = for or to the Lord;
நமஸ்தே = greetings, salutations to you;
குலபூ⁴ஷணாய = ?? ;
Shloka 111 Kartikeya
ஜ்ஞாநஶக்தித⁴ர ஸ்கந்த³ வல்லீகல்யாண ஸுந்த³ர ।
தே³வஸேநா மந: காந்த கார்திகேய நமோঽஸ்துதே ।
ௐ ஸுப்³ரஹ்மண்யாய நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 111
Adorations to Lord Subrahmanya!
Adoratiosn to Lord Kartikeya who is known as Skanda, Who holds the
staff of wisdom, who is the beautiful beloved of Goddess VallI, Who
is the enchanter of the mind of Goddess Devasena, to that Divine Kartikeya
I offer adorations again and again!.
%E111 Word Meanings 111;
ஜ்ஞாநஶக்தித⁴ர = bearing or wearing the power of knowledge;
ஸ்கந்த³ = at (M.nom.) Karthikeya; also leaping;;
வல்லீகல்யாண = relating to Valli’s marriage or auspicious activity;
ஸுந்த³ர = beautiful;
தே³வஸேநா = a female of that name, also army of gods;
மந: = mind;
காந்த = Oh! husband;
காரிகேய = ?? ;
நமோঽஸ்துதே = Salutations unto Thee;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ஸுப்³ரஹ்மண்யாய = to Karthikeya;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 112 Kartikeya
மயூராதி⁴ரூட⁴ம் மஹாவாக்யகூ³ட⁴ம்
மநோஹாரி தே³ஹம் மஹச்சித்தகே³ஹம் ।
மஹீதே³வதே³வம் மஹாவேத³பா⁴வம்
மஹாதே³வபா³லம் ப⁴ஜே லோகபாலம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 112
I salute to the Lord (Kartikeya), who is astride a peacock, and
having the great mystic saying OM (praNava), whose body is so
attractive, and who is the repository of great intellect, who is the
lord of all lords of the earth, the knower of vedas, the son of
Lord Shiva, and the caretaker of this earth..
%E112 Word Meanings 112;
மயூராதி⁴ரூட⁴़ம் = he who is astride the peacock;
மஹாவாக்யகூ³ட⁴़ம் = he having the great mystic saying, PraNava;
மநோஹாரி = that which attracts or draws the mind;
தே³ஹம் = the human body;
மஹச்சித்தகே³ஹம் = he, being the house or abode of great Consciousness;
மஹீதே³வதே³வம் = the lord of the lords of the earth;
மஹாவேத³பா⁴வம் = he, knowing the meaning of the great ‘Vedas’;
மஹாதே³வபா³லம் = the lad of Mahadeva, Shiva;
ப⁴ஜே = I worship;
லோகபாலம் = caretaker of the worlds or people;
Shloka 113 Sarasvati
ஸரஸ்வதி நமஸ்துப்⁴யம் வரதே³ காமரூபிணி ।
வித்³யாரம்ப⁴ம் கரிஷ்யாமி ஸித்³தி⁴ர்ப⁴வது மே ஸதா³ ॥ ॥
Meaning 113
Oh Goddess Saraswati, my humble prostrations unto you,
who are the fulfiller of all my wishes. I am beginning
my study, let me attain perfection in that, always..
%E113 Word Meanings 113;
ஸரஸ்வதி = Oh! sarasvati ; goddesss of knowledge;
நமஸ்துப்⁴யம் = I bow to thee;
வரதே³ = Oh! the boon-giver;
காமரூபிணி = (fem.nom.) one who is desire-personified;
வித்³யாரம்ப⁴ம் = the beginning of learning the 3 R’s;
கரிஷ்யாமி = I shall do;
ஸித்³தி⁴ர்ப⁴வது = May it materialise;
மே = to me or my;
ஸதா³ = always; ever;
Shloka 114 Sarasvati
யா குந்தே³ந்து³ துஷார ஹார த⁴வளா யா ஶுப்⁴ரவஸ்த்ராவ்ருʼதா ।
யா வீணாவரத³ँட³ மँடி³தகரா யா ஶ்வேதபத்³மாஸநா ।
யா ப்³ரஹ்மாச்யுதஶங்கரப்ரப்⁴ருʼதிபி⁴ர்தே³வை ஸதா³ வந்தி³தா ।
ஸா மாம் பாது ஸரஸ்வதீ ப⁴க³வதீ நி:ஶேஷஜாட்³யாபஹா ॥ ॥
Meaning 114
White as the lily, the moon and the garland of dews,
Clad in clean and spotless garments,
Hands adorned with Vina and rosary,
Sitting on white lotus,
Always worshipped by Brahma, Vishnu and Siva,
O Goddess of Wisdom, Sarasvati,
Look after me by driving away without any trace
this illness of ignorance! %alternate
May that Goddess whose complexion is fair like the shining moon,
who wears a garland of snow-white jasmine flowers and is adorned by
a luminous white garment; whose Hands are decked by a Veena (musical
instrument) and Vara-Danda (staff of blessings); who is seated on a
white lotus; who is ever adored by Brahma (the creator), Vishnu (the
sustainer), Shiva (the destroyer) and other Gods; who destroys all
forms of inertia and dullness; may that Goddess Sarasvati protect
and sustain me..
%E114 Word Meanings 114;
யா = She who;
குந்தே³ந்து³ = lily and moon;
துஷார = dews, drops, spray;
ஹார = at (M.nom.) garland; also removal;
த⁴வளா = white;
யா = She who;
ஶுப்⁴ரவஸ்த்ராவ்ருʼதா = the one enrobed in white dress;
யா = She who;
வீணாவரத³ँட³ = relating to Veena instrument and the boon-giving stick;
மँடி³தகரா = decked hands;
யா = She who;
ஶ்வேதபத்³மாஸநா = the one seated on white lotus seat;
யா = She who;
ப்³ரஹ்ம = Brahma;
அச்யுத = Vishnu;
ஶங்கர = Shiva;
ப்ரப்⁴ருதிபி⁴ர்தே³வை = ?? ;
ஸதா³ = always; ever;
வந்தி³தா = one who has been worshipped;
ஸா = she;
மாம் = me;
பாது = May protect me or us;
ஸரஸ்வதீ = goddess of knowledge known by this name;
ப⁴க³வதீ = Durga or other goddess or a respectable woman;
நி:ஶேஷ = without any remainder; in its entirety;
ஜாட்³யா = through frigidity or stupidity;
அபஹா = take away, drive away;
Shloka 115 Sarasvati
த்⁴யாயேத் பத்³மாஸநஸ்தா²ம் விகஸிதவத³நாம் பத்³மபத்ராயதாக்ஷீம்
ஹேமாபா⁴ம் பீதவஸ்த்ராம் கரகலிதலஸத்³தே⁴மபத்³மாம் வராங்கீ³ம் ।
ஸர்வாலங்காரயுக்தாம் ஸததமப⁴யதா³ம் ப⁴க்தநம்ராம் ப⁴வாநீம்
ஶ்ரீவித்³யாம் ஶாந்தமூர்திம் ஸகலஸுரநுதாம் ஸர்வஸம்பத்ப்ரதா³த்ரீம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 115
Let one meditate upon the Divine Goddess who is seated on the lotus,
pleasant faced with long eyes resembling lotus petals.
She is golden hued, and has lotus flowers in Her hand.
She dispels fear of the devotees who bow before Her.
She is the embodiment of peace, knowledge (vidyA),
is praised by
gods and grants every kind of wealth wished for..
%E115 Word Meanings 115;
த்⁴யாயேத் = Let us meditate;
பத்³மாஸநஸ்தா²ம் = the one standing in the seat of a lotus;
விகஸிதவத³நாம் = the one with a blossomed pleasant face;
பத்³மபத்ராயதாக்ஷீம் = the one with long eyes resembling lotus leaves;
ஹேமாபா⁴ம் = she who is having the brightness of gold;
பீதவஸ்த்ராம் = Yellow clothing or dress;
கரகலிதலஸத்³தே⁴மபத்³மாம் = the one wearing the shining golden lotus in the hand;
வராங்கீ³ம் = the one with a beautiful form or personality;
ஸர்வாலங்காரயுக்தாம் = the one along with all kinds of ornamentation and decoration;
ஸததமப⁴யதா³ம் = the who offers protection or refuge always;
ப⁴க்தநம்ராம் = one who is soft or kind to the devotees;
ப⁴வாநீம் = the female goddess bhavanI who controls or manages the creation;
ஶ்ரீவித்³யாம் = Goddess Shrividya, one form of Goddess Shakti;
ஶாந்தமூர்திம் = peace or serenity personified ; embodiment of tranquility.;
ஸகலஸுரநுதாம் = praised by all the gods;
ஸர்வஸம்பத்ப்ரதா³த்ரீம் = the giver of all kinds of wealth and prosperity;
Shloka 116 Sarasvati
ஜய ஜய தே³வி சராசரஸாரே குசயுக³ஶோபி⁴த முக்தாஹாரே ।
வீணாபுஸ்தகரஞ்ஜிதஹஸ்தே ப⁴க³வதி பா⁴ரதி தே³வி நமஸ்தே ॥ ॥
Meaning 116
Salutations to devi sarasvati, who is the essence of the universe, who is
adorned with a garland of pearls, who holds Veena and a book, and is also
known as bhagavati and bhArati..
%E116 Word Meanings 116;
ஜய = at (M.nom.) victory;
ஜய = at (M.nom.) victory;
தே³வி = Oh! goddess;
சராசரஸாரே = Oh! the essence of the mobile and the immobile world!;
குசயுக³ஶோபி⁴த = ?? ;
முக்தாஹாரே = Oh! the one having a pearl necklace!;
வீணாபுஸ்தகரஞ்ஜிதஹஸ்தே = Oh! the one with the hands adorned with
the Veena instrument and the book;
ப⁴க³வதி = Oh goddess!;
பா⁴ரதி = A name for goddess sarasvatI; one of the titles awarded to scholars;
தே³வி = Oh! goddess;
நமஸ்தே = greetings, salutations to you;
Shloka 117 Laxmi
நமஸ்தேஸ்து மஹாமாயே ஶ்ரீபீடே² ஸுரபூஜிதே ।
ஶங்க²சக்ரக³தா³ஹஸ்தே மஹாலக்ஷ்மி நமோঽஸ்துதே ॥ ॥
Meaning 117
Oh. goddess of great illusory powers, the presiding deity over
Shri PITha, Oh! the one worshipped by the gods, Oh mahAlaxmi,
holding conch, disc, and mace in the hands. Salutations unto Thee..
%E117 Word Meanings 117;
நமஸ்தேஸ்து = Salutations unto Thee;
மஹாமாயே = Oh. goddess of great illusory powers;
ஶ்ரீபிடே² = in the respected and exalted place particularly of goddess shakti;
ஸுரபூஜிதே = Oh! the one worshipped by the gods;
ஶங்க²சக்ரக³தா³ஹஸ்தே = One having the conch shell and the mace in the hands;
மஹாலக்ஷ்மி = Oh! MahalakShmi;
நமோঽஸ்துதே = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 118 Laxmi
பத்³மாநநே பத்³மவிபத்³மபத்ரே பத்³மப்ரியே பத்³மத³லாயதாக்ஷி ।
விஶ்வப்ரியே விஷ்ணுமநோঽநுகூலே த்வத்பாத³பத்³மம் மயி ஸந்நித⁴த்ஸ்வ ॥ ॥
Meaning 118
Lotus faced, a lotus without troubles and leafless, lover of lotus,
lotus-eyed, dear to the world; Oh! delight of Sri Vishnu, place your
lotus feet in me.
(alternate)
(O LakShmi), lotus is your seat. Your limbs are delightful like the lotus
creepers of earthly and heavenly regions. You love to abide in lotus,
fond of the world you are and the world is also fond of you, you are
always agreeable to the wishes of Vishnu, (be pleased to) place your
lotus foot in me; make my house your abode..
%E118 Word Meanings 118;
பத்³மாநநே = Oh! lotus-faced one;
பத்³ம = ?? ;
விபத்³மபத்ரே = ?? ;
பத்³மப்ரியே = Oh! lotus loving one;
பத்³மத³லாயதாக்ஷி = the one having eyes resembling lotus petals;
விஶ்வப்ரியே = Oh! the one who is dear to the Universe;
விஷ்ணுமநோঽநுகூலே = Oh!. the one going in tandem with Vishnu’s mind;
த்வத்பாத³பத்³மம் = your lotus-like feet;
மயி = in me;
ஸந்நித⁴த்ஸ்வ = Put me in the presence of;
Shloka 119 Laxmi
ஸர்வஜ்ஞே ஸர்வவரதே³ ஸர்வது³ஷ்ட ப⁴யங்கரி ।
ஸர்வது:³க² ஹரே தே³வி மஹாலக்ஷ்மி நமோঽஸ்துதே ॥ ॥
Meaning 119
All knowing, all beneficient, all lust destroying;
remover of all sorrows, Oh Mahalxmi! we bow to you.
(alternate)
Prostrations again to you, who are omniscient, who shower boons on the
good and are a terror to all the wicked, and who removes all sorrows
of devotees..
%E119 Word Meanings 119;
ஸர்வஜ்ஞே = Oh! the knower of all;
ஸர்வவரதே³ = Oh! the giver of all boons;
ஸர்வது³ஷ்ட = all kinds of bad things;
ப⁴யங்கரி = Oh! one who creates terror;
ஸர்வது:³க² = all kinds of sufferings; troubles;
ஹரே = OH! hari;
தே³வி = Oh! goddess;
மஹாலக்ஷ்மி = Oh! MahalakShmi;
நமோঽஸ்துதே = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 120 Laxmi
லக்ஷ்மீம் க்ஷீரஸமுத்³ரராஜதநயாம் ஶ்ரீரங்க³தா⁴மேஶ்வரீம்
தா³ஸீபூ⁴தஸமஸ்ததே³வவநிதாம் லோகைகதீ³பாங்குராம் ।
ஶ்ரீமந்மந்த³கடாக்ஷலப்³த⁴விப⁴வப்³ரஹ்மேந்த்³ரக³ங்கா³த⁴ராம்
த்வாம் த்ரைலோக்யகுடும்பி³நீம் ஸரஸிஜாம் வந்தே³ முகுந்த³ப்ரியாம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 120
I pray to thee O goddess LaxmI, born out of a (large) lake, daughter of
the lord of the ocean, mistress of the house of Vishnu
(the one who loves her), the one (in front of whom) all other wives
of gods are like lowly servants,
unique illuminator of the worlds, by whose passing glance (alone) the
gods Brahma, Indra and Shiva (holding Ganga) obtained their riches,
the matriarch of the three worlds, and the beloved of Mukund
(Vishnu)..
%E120 Word Meanings 120;
லக்ஷ்மீம் = to LaxmI;
க்ஷீர = water, milk;
ஸமுத்³ர = the ocean;
க்ஷீரஸமுத்³ர = a specific ocean or ocean in general, body of water;
ராஜ = of the king;
தநயாம் = (to) daughter;
ஶ்ரீ = relating to Prosperity; wealth; goddess LakShmi and ` shrIH’ is;
fem.nom.; also an honourable prefix;
ஶ்ரீரங்க³ = Vishnu, the one who loves ShrI;
ஶ்ரீரங்க³தா⁴மேஶ்வரீம் = mistress of the house of ShrIranga;
தா³ஸீபூ⁴த = having been a female servant;
ஸமஸ்த = the entire;
தே³வவநிதாம் = (to) wife of a god;
லோக = world;
தீ³பாங்குராம் = the tip of the flame of the lamp or the spark, wick;
கடாக்ஷ = glance;
மந்த³கடாக்ஷ = passing glance;
லப்³த⁴ = obtained, from labh to obtain;
விப⁴வ = glory, splendor, riches;
ப்³ரஹ்மேந்த்³ர = the Brahma and Indra;
க³ங்கா³த⁴ர = Shiva, bearing or wearing `gangA’;;
த்வாம் = you;
த்ரைலோக்ய = relating to three worlds;
குடும்பி³நீ = wife or matriarch;
ஸரஸிஜ = the lake-born, lotus;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
முகுந்த³ப்ரியாம் = she who is dear to Mukunda;
Shloka 121 Laxmi
ஸ்மராமி நித்யம் தே³வேஶி த்வயா ப்ரேரித மாநஸ: ।
த்வதா³ஜ்ஞா ஶிர த்⁴ருʼத்வா ப⁴ஜாமி பரமேஶ்வரீம் ।
ௐ மஹாலக்ஷ்ம்யை நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 121
O Devi, I adore You always, I am ever inspired by You. Having
placed Your Command on my head (surrendering to Your Divine
Will), O Supreme Goddess, I pray to you constantly..
%E121 Word Meanings 121;
ஸ்மராமி = I remember;
நித்யம் = ever; permanent;
தே³வேஶி = ?? ;
த்வயா = by you;
ப்ரேரித = having been induced or egged on or sent;
மாநஸ: = of the mind;
த்வதா³ஜ்ஞா = your orders or command;
ஶிர = relating to the head(adj.)head;
த்⁴ருʼத்வா = having worn or borne;
ப⁴ஜாமி = I worship;
பரமேஶ்வரீம் = ?? ;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
மஹா = big; large;
லக்ஷ்மயை = ?? ;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 122 Laxmi
ஸித்³தி⁴பு³த்³தி⁴ப்ரதே³ தே³வி பு⁴க்திமுக்தி ப்ரதா³யிநி ।
மந்த்ரமூர்தே ஸதா³ தே³வி மஹாலக்ஷ்மி நமோঽஸ்துதே ॥ ॥
Meaning 122
Oh Goddess, you bless us with intellectual as well as material
wealth, and give us worldly enjoyments as well as liberation from
this cycle of births and deaths. I always salute you, Oh Goddess
MahalakShmi, the embodiment of all prayers..
%E122 Word Meanings 122;
ஸித்³தி⁴பு³த்³தி⁴ப்ரதே³ = Oh! the giver of material objects and intellect;
தே³வி = Oh! goddess;
பு⁴க்திமுக்தி = The worldy enjoyment and liberation from births and deaths;
ப்ரதா³யிநி = Oh! the giver;
மந்த்ரமூர்தே = Oh! embodiment of the mantra!;
ஸதா³ = always; ever;
தே³வி = Oh! goddess;
மஹாலக்ஷ்மி = Oh! MahalakShmi;
நமோঽஸ்துதே = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 123 Laxmi
வந்தே³ பத்³மகராம் ப்ரஸந்நவத³நாம் ஸௌபா⁴க்³யதா³ம் பா⁴க்³யதா³ம் ।
ஹஸ்தாப்⁴யாமப⁴யப்ரதா³ம் மணிக³ணைர்நாநா விதை⁴ர்பூ⁴ஷிதாம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 123
I worship that Goddess whose hands are delicate like lotuses,
with a pleasing countenance and who grants all
auspicious things and good fortune, whose hands, which
are adorned with ornaments and beautiful gems of all kinds,
are a source of refuge to all devotees..
%E123 Word Meanings 123;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
பத்³மகராம் = the one having lotus-like hands;
ப்ரஸந்நவத³நாம் = the one with pleasing face;
ஸௌபா⁴க்³யதா³ம் = the one granting the good and auspicious things;
பா⁴க்³யதா³ம் = one who grants good fortune;
ஹஸ்தாப்⁴யாமப⁴யப்ரதா³ம் = the one giving freedom from fear through the two hands;
மணிக³ணை: = through groups of gems;
நாநா = many; several;
விதை:⁴ = by several or different ways or kinds;
பூ⁴ஷிதாம் = the one decorated with ornaments;
Shloka 124 Laxmi
ப⁴க்தாபீ⁴ஷ்டப²லப்ரதா³ம் ஹரிஹர ப்³ரஹ்மாதி³பி:⁴ ஸேவிதாம் ।
பார்ஶ்வே பங்கஜ ஶங்க²பத்³மநிதி⁴பி⁴ர்யுக்தாம் ஸதா³ ஶக்திபி:⁴ ॥ ॥
Meaning 124
I salute to this Goddess who always symbolises
power and who grants all the boons
that are sought by her devotees, who has the two undiminishing
treasures in front of her, and is worshipped and served
even by the trinity of Brahma, Vishnu, Shiva and other Gods..
%E124 Word Meanings 124;
ப⁴க்தாபீ⁴ஷ்டப²லப்ரதா³ம் = fulfilling devotee’s desires;
ஹரிஹர = of Hari and Hara i.e. Vishnu and Shiva;
ப்³ரஹ்மாதி³பி:⁴ = by Brahma and others i.e Vishnu, Shiva etc.;
ஸேவிதாம் = the worshipped or served one;
பார்ஶ்வே = in front;
பங்கஜ = of the lotus;
ஶங்க²பத்³மநிதி⁴பி⁴ர்யுக்தாம் = `sha.nkhanidhi’ and `padmanidhi’ (2 kinds of treasures);
ஸதா³ = always; ever;
ஶக்திபி:⁴ = by the power;
Shloka 125 Laxmi
ஸரஸிஜநயநே ஸரோஜ ஹஸ்தே த⁴வளதராம் ஶுகக³ந்த⁴மால்யஶோபே⁴ ।
ப⁴க³வதி ஹரிவல்லபே⁴ மநோஜ்ஞே த்ரிபு⁴வநபூ⁴திகரி ப்ரஸீத³மஹ்யம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 125
Oh! Goddess, with beautiful eyes, fairer in complexion than the lotus in you han
ds, and shining with fragrant garlands. You are indeed the darling of Lord vish
hNu and one who can know my mind. You have created these three worlds and our pr
osperity depends on you. So, be pleased and bless me..
%E125 Word Meanings 125;
ஸரஸிஜநயநே = Oh! the one with lotus-like eyes;
ஸரோஜ = lotus;
ஹஸ்தே = in the hand;
த⁴வளதராம் = the one who is whiter;
ஶுகக³ந்த⁴மால்யஶோபே⁴ = Oh! the one shining with parrot, sandal paste and garland;
ப⁴க³வதி = Oh goddess!;
ஹரிவல்லபே⁴ = Oh! the darling of Hari (Vishnu);
மநோஜ்ஞே = Oh! the knower of the mind;
த்ரிபு⁴வநபூ⁴திகரி = the creator of the three worlds or the giver
of happiness and prosperity to the three worlds;
ப்ரஸீத³மஹ்யம் = Be pleased or favourable towards me;
Shloka 126 Laxmi
மாதர்நமாமி கமலே கமலாயதாக்ஷி
ஶ்ரீவிஶ்ணுஹ்ருʼத்கமல வாஸிநி விஶ்வமாத: ।
க்ஷீரோத³ஜே கமலகோமல க³ர்ப⁴ கௌ³ரி
லக்ஷ்மீ ! ப்ரஸீத³ ஸததம் நமதாம் ஶரண்யே ॥ ॥
Meaning 126
Oh! mother LakShmi who is like the lotus, whose eyes are wide like the lotus, w
ho resides in the lotus heart of Lord viShNu, and who was born from the lotus
like womb of the milky ocean, you are so worthy of seeking refuge, so mother, al
ways take care of all the devotees who seek your blessing..
%E126 Word Meanings 126;
மாத: = mother;
நமாமி = I salute;
கமலே = Kamala (LakShmi);
கமலாயதாக்ஷி = Oh! the one with lotus-like long eyes;
ஶ்ரீவிஶ்ணுஹ்ருʼத்கமல = Vishnu’s lotus-like heart;
வாஸிநி = Oh! the dweller;
விஶ்வமாத: = Oh! the mother of the Universe;
க்ஷீரோத³ஜே = Oh! the one born of the milky ocean;
கமலகோமல = of the one as tender or delicate as the lotus;
க³ர்ப⁴ = relating to the womb;
கௌ³ரி = Oh! Gauri;
லக்ஷ்மீ = Goddess LakShmi; consort of Vishnu;
ப்ரஸீத³ = favour or bless;
ஸததம் = constant, continuos;
நமதாம் = of the people who bow or salute or worship;
ஶரண்யே = Oh! the one worthy for seeking refuge;
Shloka 127 Laxmi
மஹாலக்ஷ்மீ ச வித்³மஹே । விஷ்ணுபத்நீ ச தீ⁴மஹி ।
தந்நோ லக்ஷ்ஹ்மீ: ப்ரசோத³யாத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 127
This is my offering to the goddess of wealth . I meditate to this wife
of mahAviShNu. Let that Goddess lakShmI inspire me..
%E127 Word Meanings 127;
மஹாலக்ஷ்மீ = consort of Vishnu; goddess of wealth and prosperity;
ச = and;
வித்³மஹே = offering;
விஷ்ணுபத்நீ = the consort of Vishnu i.e.LakShmi;
ச = and;
தீ⁴மஹி = May meditate;
தந்நோ = ?? ;
லக்ஷ்ஹ்மீ: = Oh! LakShmi;
ப்ரசோத³யாத் = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 128 Laxmi
ௐ ஹ்ரீம் ஶ்ரீம் க்லீம் மஹாலக்ஷ்மி மஹாலக்ஷ்மி ।
யேஹி யேஹி ஸர்வஸௌபா⁴க்³யம் தே³ஹி மே ஸ்வாஹா ॥ ॥
Meaning 128
OM! hrim, shrim, klim, MahalakShmi, MahalakShmi give me good fortune..
%E128 Word Meanings 128;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ஹ்ரீம் = ?? ;
ஶ்ரீம் = ?? ;
க்லீம் = ?? ;
மஹாலக்ஷ்மி = ?? ;
யேஹி = ?? ;
ஸர்வஸௌபா⁴க்³யம் = ?? ;
தே³ஹி = ?? ;
மே = ?? ;
ஸ்வாஹா = ?? ;
Shloka 129 Devi
ஸமுத்³ரவஸநே தே³வி பர்வதஸ்தநமண்ட³லே ।
விஷ்ணுபத்நி நமஸ்துப்⁴யம் பாத³ஸ்பர்ஶம் க்ஷமஸ்வமே ॥ ॥
Meaning 129
O Mother Earth, spouse of Vishnu, your robes are oceans,
and your bosoms the mountains, forgive us,
your children, who walk over you every day, O kind mother!.
%E129 Word Meanings 129;
ஸமுத்³ரவஸநே = Oh! the one having the ocean as the dress;
தே³வி = Oh! goddess;
பர்வதஸ்தநமண்ட³லே = mountains like breasts;
விஷ்ணுபத்நி = Oh! the wife of Vishnu;
நமஸ்துப்⁴யம் = I bow to thee;
பாத³ஸ்பர்ஶம் = touching of the feet;
க்ஷமஸ்வமே = forgive us;
Shloka 130 Devi
ஸர்வ மங்க³ள மாங்க³ல்யே ஶிவே ஸர்வார்த² ஸாதி⁴கே ।
ஶரண்யே த்ர்யம்ப³கே கௌ³ரீ நாராயணீ நமோঽஸ்துதே ॥ ॥
Meaning 130
Salutations to the auspicious one, who gives auspiciousness,
the spouse of Shiva, who blesses us by fulfilling all our
desires, who is worthy for seeking refuge, who is the three-eyed
Goddess, Gauri and Narayani..
%E130 Word Meanings 130;
ஸர்வ = all;
மங்க³ள = at (N) auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
மாங்க³ல்யே = Oh! the giver of auspiciouness; well-being;
ஶிவே = Oh! auspicious one; Oh! Shiva’s consort;
ஸர்வார்த² = for the attainment of all wealth or ends;
ஸாதி⁴கே = Oh! the one who can get things done;
ஶரண்யே = Oh! the one worthy for seeking refuge;
த்ர்யம்ப³கே = Oh! three-eyed goddess;
கௌ³ரீ = goddess Parvati or a lady of white fair complexion;
நாராயணீ = Narayani or Durga;
நமோঽஸ்துதே = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 131 Devi
யா தே³வீ ஸர்வபூ⁴தேஷு மாத்ருʼரூபேண ஸம்ஸ்தி²தா ।
யா தே³வீ ஸர்வபூ⁴தேஷு ஶக்திரூபேண ஸம்ஸ்தி²தா ।
யா தே³வீ ஸர்வபூ⁴தேஷு ஶாந்திரூபேண ஸம்ஸ்தி²தா ।
நமஸ்தஸ்யை நமஸ்தஸ்யை நமஸ்தஸ்யை நமோ நம: ।
ௐ அம்பா³யை நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 131
Adorations to the Divine Mother!
Again and again adorations unto that Devi (Goddess) who manifests in
all living beings as the Mother. Adorations to Her!
Again and again adorations unto that Devi (Goddess) who manifests in
all living beings as Energy. Adorations to Her!
Again and again adorations unto that Devi (Goddess) who manifests in
all living beings as Peace. Adorations to Her!.
%E131 Word Meanings 131;
யா = She who;
தே³வீ = goddess;
ஸர்வபூ⁴தேஷு = among all the living beings;
மாத்ருʼரூபேண = through the form of Mother;
ஸம்ஸ்தி²தா = well-positioned; standing well;
யா = She who;
தே³வீ = goddess;
ஸர்வபூ⁴தேஷு = among all the living beings;
ஶக்திரூபேண = in the form of strength;
ஸம்ஸ்தி²தா = well-positioned; standing well;
யா = She who;
தே³வீ = goddess;
ஸர்வபூ⁴தேஷு = among all the living beings;
ஶாந்திரூபேண = in the form of peace;
ஸம்ஸ்தி²தா = well-positioned; standing well;
நமஸ்தஸ்யை = salutations unto thee;
நமஸ்தஸ்யை = salutations unto thee;
நமஸ்தஸ்யை = salutations unto thee;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
அம்பா³யை = to the goddess or mother;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 132 Devi
அந்நபூர்ணே ஸதா³பூர்ணே ஶங்கர: ப்ராணவல்லபே⁴ ।
ஜ்ஞாந வைராக்³ய ஸித்³த்⁴யர்த²ம் பி⁴க்ஷாம் தே³ஹி ச பார்வதீ ॥ ॥
Meaning 132
O Goddess Sarasvati, Provider of food, always complete,
dear to the heart of Lord Shankar, I beg you for getting Knowledge and Renunciation.
(alternate
Replete with food, perfect at all times, beloved charmerof Shankara’s life, O
Parvati, give me alms for fulfilment of knowledge and detachment..
%E132 Word Meanings 132;
அந்நபூர்ணே = Oh goddess `annapUrNA’ meaning full of food;
ஸதா³பூர்ணே = Oh! ever-complete!;
ஶங்கர: = Shankara ; one who grants auspicious things; Shiva or
a person by that name;
ப்ராணவல்லபே⁴ = Oh! goddess you are dear to your lord as dear as life;
ஜ்ஞாந = ?? ;
வைராக்³ய = without passions; having overcome emotions;
ஸித்³த்⁴யர்த²ம் = for the purpose of materialisation;
பி⁴க்ஷாம் = ?? ;
தே³ஹி = Give;
ச = and;
பார்வதீ = goddess Parvati, Shiva’s consort;
Shloka 133 Devi
முக்தாவித்³ருமஹேம-நீலத⁴வளச்சா²யைர்முகை²ஸ்த்ரீக்ஷணை:
யுக்தாமிந்து³கலாநிப³த்³த⁴முகுடாம் தத்த்வார்த²வர்ணாத்மிகாம் ।
கா³யத்ரீம் வரதா³ப⁴யாங்குஶகஶாஶூலம் கபாலம் கு³ணம்
ஶங்க²ம் சக்ரமதா²ரவிந்த³யுகு³லம் ஹஸ்தைர்வஹந்தீம் ப⁴ஜே ॥ ॥
Meaning 133
I worship GayatrI, the goddess with faces having three eyes and
illuminations from pearls, corals, gold and sapphire,
with a crown sparkling with moonlight, with the essence of the
ultimate truth – the word Om, carrying in her hands the propitious and
assuring implements- a hook, a whip, a spear, a skull, a rope, a
conch, a circular weapon and a pair of lotuses.
.
%E133 Word Meanings 133;
முக்தா = pearl;
வித்³ரும = coral;
ஹேம = gold;
நீல = sapphire;
த⁴வள = white;
சா²யா = shadow, reflection, lustre, hallucination;
ஈக்ஷண = eye;
த்ரீக்ஷண = the one with three eyes;
இந்து³கலா = moon light, moon phase;
தத்த்வார்த்² = the ultimate truth, Brahman;
கா³யத்ரீம் = (to) the goddess or mantra known as `gAyatrI’;
வரத³ = (a) boon-giving, propitious;
அப⁴ய = (a) assuring;
அங்குஶ = hook, goad;
கஶா = whip;
ஶூல = spear;
கபால = skull;
கு³ண = rope;
ஶங்க² = the conch shell;
சக்ர = wheel, disc, the famous weapon of Vishnu;
ஹஸ்தைர்வஹந்தீ = carrying or bearing by the hands;
ப⁴ஜே = I worship;
Shloka 134 Devi
நமோ தே³வ்யை மஹாதே³வ்யை ஶிவாயை ஸததம் நம: ।
நம: ப்ரக்ருʼத்யை ப⁴த்³ராயை நியதா: ப்ரணதா: ஸ்ம தாம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 134
Salutations to the goddess who is the greatest of all Goddesses. We
always worship to this consort of Lord Shiva. Salutations to this
Goddess who takes the form of mother nature and who grants all good
happennings to us, to Her, we bow and offer our salutations..
%E134 Word Meanings 134;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
தே³வ்யை = to the goddess or god-like woman;
மஹாதே³வ்யை = to the great goddess;
ஶிவாயை = to Shiva;
ஸததம் = constant, regular;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ப்ரக்ருʼத்யை = to the female aspect of God or Nature;
ப⁴த்³ராயை = to the one who is good or grants well-being;
நியதா: = restrained; regulated; self-controlled; fixed; destined;
ப்ரணதா: = the bowing persons or the worshippers;
ஸ்ம = When added to present tense, past tense is indicated;
தாம் = her;
Shloka 135 Devi
நாராயணி மஹாமாயே விஷ்ணுமாயே ஸநாதநி ।
ப்ராணாதி⁴தே³வி க்ருʼஷ்ணஸ்ய மாமுத்³த⁴ர ப⁴வார்ணவாத் ।
ௐ க்லீம் ராதா⁴யை நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 135
Adorations to Goddess Radha!
Adorations to the beloved of Krishna! Adorations to Goddess
Narayani, The Supreme Power!.
%E135 Word Meanings 135;
நாராயணி = Oh! part of Narayana also of Shiva as Durga;
மஹாமாயே = Oh. goddess of great illusory powers;
விஷ்ணுமாயே = Oh! the illusory power or Maya of Vishnu;
ஸநாதநி = Oh! the ancient one;
ப்ராணாதி⁴தே³வி = ?? ;
க்ருʼஷ்ணஸ்ய = Krishna’s;
மாமுத்³த⁴ர = ?? ;
ப⁴வார்ணவாத் = from the ocean of `bhava’ births and deaths;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
க்லீம் = ?? ;
ராதா⁴யை = to Radha;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 136 Devi
விஶ்வேஶ்வரீம் ஜக³த்³தா⁴த்ரீம் ஸ்தி²தி ஸம்ஹார காரிணீம் ।
நித்³ராம் ப⁴க³வதீம் விஷ்ணோரதுலாம் தேஜஸ: ப்ரபோ⁴ ॥ ॥
Meaning 136
O Goddess of the Universe! You are the sustainer, protector and
destroyer of the world. O Goddess of Sleep! You are the incomparable
effulgence of Lord Vishnu!.
%E136 Word Meanings 136;
விஶ்வேஶ்வரீம் = the one who is controlling the Universe;
ஜக³த்³தா⁴த்ரீம் = the one who is carrying or supporting the world;
ஸ்தி²தி = of existence; maintenance; establishment; position or state;
ஸம்ஹார = destruction;
காரிணீம் = the doer;
நித்³ராம் = sleep;
ப⁴க³வதீம் = the goddess;
விஷ்ணோரதுலாம் = ?? ;
தேஜஸ: = from the shine ; brilliant energy;
ப்ரபோ⁴ = Oh! master!;
Shloka 137 Devi
நித்யாநந்த³கரீ வராப⁴யகரீ ஸௌந்த³ர்ய ரத்நாகரீ
நிர்தூ⁴தாகி²ல கோ⁴ரபாவநகரீ ப்ரத்யக்ஷமாஹேஶ்வரீ ।
ப்ராலேயாசலவம்ஶபாவநகரீ காஶீபுராதீ⁴ஶ்வரீ
பி⁴க்ஷாம் தே³ஹி க்ருʼபாவலம்ப³நகரீ மாதாந்நபூர்ணேஶ்வரீ ॥ ॥
Meaning 137
Oh Goddess adorned with beautiful gems, you are one who gives
eternal happiness, grants boons and gives refuge to all devotees.
Oh Supreme Goddess, who appears before my very eyes, you make even
a terrible sinner, free of his sins. You are the sanctifier of the
Himalayan dynasty and the presiding deity of the sacred city of
Kashi. You are the Goddess, who provides merciful support to all
devotees. Oh mother, in whose presence there is never a scarcity of
food, I beg you to feed me..
%E137 Word Meanings 137;
நித்யாநந்த³கரீ = maker of everlasting happiness or bliss;
வராப⁴யகரீ = the one who grants boons and refuge;
ஸௌந்த³ர்ய = beautiful;
ரத்நாகரீ = the maker of gems or the sea which contains gems;
நிர்தூ⁴தாகி²ல = all, referring to sins, shaken off;
கோ⁴ரபாவநகரீ = the one who makes even a terrible sinner, a sacred one;
ப்ரத்யக்ஷமாஹேஶ்வரீ = MAheswari who is revealing herself before one’s eyes;
ப்ராலேயாசலவம்ஶபாவநகரீ = Oh! the sanctifier of the Himalaya dynasty;
காஶீபுராதீ⁴ஶ்வரீ = the presiding deity of Kashi city;
பி⁴க்ஷாம் = alms given in charity;
தே³ஹி = Give;
க்ருʼபாவலம்ப³நகரீ = one who provides the merciful support;
மாதாந்நபூர்ணேஶ்வரீ = ?? ;
Shloka 138 Devi
அயி கி³ரிநந்தி³நி நந்தி³தமேதி³நி விஶ்வவிநோதி³நி நந்த³நுதே
கி³ரிவர விந்த்⁴ய ஶிரோதி⁴நிவாஸிநி விஷ்ணுவிலாஸிநி ஜிஷ்ணுநுதே ।
ப⁴க³வதி ஹே ஶிதிகண்ட²குடும்பி³நி பூ⁴ரி குடும்பி³நி பூ⁴ரி க்ருʼதே
ஜய ஜய ஹே மஹிஷாஸுரமர்தி³நி ரம்யகபர்தி³நி ஶைலஸுதே ॥ ॥
Meaning 138
I pray to you, Oh loved daughter of the mountain (himavAn), who
is praised by the whole world and the one who entertains the
universe.You control the entire world, residing in the peak of the
great Vindhya mountain and Lord ViShNu himself, is so fond of you.
Oh! Goddess who is the mistress of the Shiva family and belonging
to Lord Shiva’s and Vishnu’s families, please bring us a lot of
good. Let there be victory to you, Oh beautiful daughter of the
mountain and slayer of the demon mahishAsura..
%E138 Word Meanings 138;
அயி = Oh goddess! or lady!;
கி³ரிநந்தி³நி = the delighter, daughter of the mountain; refers to Parvati;
நந்தி³தமேதி³நி = Oh! the one praised by the world;
விஶ்வவிநோதி³நி = Oh! the one who entertains the Universe;
நந்த³நுதே = Oh! the one praised by Nanda;
கி³ரிவர = the great mountain;
விந்த்⁴ய = relating to the Vindhya mountain or region;
ஶிரோதி⁴நிவாஸிநி = Oh! the one who lives in the head i.e controls the head;
விஷ்ணுவிலாஸிநி = Vishnu’s entertainer;
ஜிஷ்ணுநுதே = Oh! the conquering one;
ப⁴க³வதி = Oh goddess!;
ஹே = vocative for addressing a male;
ஶிதிகண்ட²குடும்பி³நி = Oh! the mistress of the Shiva family;
பூ⁴ரி = in good measure; excessive also refers to Vishnu and Shiva;
குடும்பி³நி = ?? ;
பூ⁴ரி = in good measure; excessive also refers to Vishnu and Shiva;
க்ருʼதே = for the sake of;
ஜய = at (M.nom.) victory;
ஜய = at (M.nom.) victory;
ஹே = vocative for addressing a male;
மஹிஷாஸுரமர்தி³நி = Oh! crusher of the Mahishasura demon;
;
ரம்யகபர்தி³நி = ?? ;
ஶைலஸுதே = Oh! the daughter of the mountain;
Shloka 139 Devi
சதுர்பு⁴ஜே சந்த்³ரகலாவதம்ஸே
குசோந்நதே குங்குமராக³ஶோணே ।
புண்ட்³ரேக்ஷு பாஷம்ங்க்ஷ புஷ்பபா³ண
ஹஸ்தே நமஸ்தே ஜக³தே³கமாத: ॥ ॥
Meaning 139
I bow to thee, the one with four hands, with ornaments sparkling
like moon, with large firm breasts, reddened by the color of the saffron,
the one with eyes like a lotus, ??, aide to the God of Love,
and the unique mother of the worlds..
%E139 Word Meanings 139;
சதுர்பு⁴ஜ = One with four hands;
சந்த்³ரகல்லவதம்ஸ = (with) ornaments (avata.nsa) sparkling like
moonlight (cha.ndrakalA);
குசோந்நத = one with elevated (unnata) breasts (kucha);
குங்குமராக³ = color (rAga) of saffron (kumkuma);
ஶோண = red;
புண்ட்³ரேக்ஷு = with eyes (Ixu) like lotus (puNDra);
பாஷம்ங்க்ஷ = ?? ;
புஷ்பபா³ண = at (M.nom.) one having flowers as arrows; generally refers to Cupid;
நமஸ்தே = I salute (namaH) to you (te);
ஜக³தே³கமாத: = unique mother (ekamAtaH) of the worlds (jagat);
Shloka 140 Devi
ப்³ராஹ்மீ மாஹேஶ்வரீ சைவ கௌமாரீ வைஷ்ணவீ ததா² ।
வாராஹீ ச ததே²ந்த்³ராணீ சாமுண்டா³ ஸப்தமாதர: ॥ ॥
Meaning 140
Salutations to the seven mothers, Goddesses sarasvatI (the wife of
Lord Brahma), mAheshvarI (the wife of Lord Shiva), kaumArI,
Goddess lakShmI (the wife of Lord viShNu), Durga, IndrANi (wife
of Lord Indra) and chAmuNDi..
%E140 Word Meanings 140;
ப்³ராஹ்மீ = relating to Brahman (godhead);
மாஹேஶ்வரீ = one of the epithets of goddess like Durga;
சைவ = and like;
கௌமாரீ = young wife or woman; youthful; one of the epithets of goddess Durga etal;
வைஷ்ணவீ = an epithet of the Supreme Goddess; Vishnu’s female aspect;
ததா² = like that (cf. yathA tathA);
வாராஹீ = an epithet of Durga; the female aspect of Vishnu who took
the avatar of a great pig; the earth;
ச = and;
ததே²ந்த்³ராணீ = ?? ;
சாமுண்டா³ = an epithet of goddess Durga (who killed 2 demons named
`cha.NDa’ and `mu.NDa’);
ஸப்தமாதர: = the seven Mothers;
Shloka 141 Devi
ப்ருʼத்²வி த்வயா த்⁴ருʼதா லோகா தே³வி த்வம் விஷ்ணுநா த்⁴ருʼதா ।
த்வம் ச தா⁴ரய மாம் தே³வி பவித்ரம் குரு சாஸநம் (ஸ்த²ண்டி³லம்)
Meaning 141
Oh! Mother earth you have held the people and Oh! Goddess (Earth) you
are held by Sri Vishnu; you hold me and purify the place I sit..
%E141 Word Meanings 141;
ப்ருʼத்²வி = of the world or earth;
த்வயா = by you;
த்⁴ருʼதா = having borne or worn; the female one who is bearing or wearing;
லோகா = of the worlds; the people;
தே³வி = Oh! goddess;
த்வம் = you;
விஷ்ணுநா = by Vishnu;
த்⁴ருʼதா = having borne or worn; the female one who is bearing or wearing;
த்வம் = you;
ச = and;
தா⁴ரய = take the form; bear or wear;
மாம் = me;
தே³வி = Oh! goddess;
பவித்ரம் = sacred one;
குரு = do;
ஆஸநம் = seat;
ஸ்த²ண்டி³லம் = ?? ;
Shloka 142 Devi
ஶரணாக³ததீ³நார்தபரித்ராணபராயணே ।
ஸர்வஸ்யார்திஹரே தே³வி நாராயணி நமோঽஸ்து தே ॥ ॥
Meaning 142
Oh! Goddess, who is part of Lord viShNu and Shiva(as Durga), who removes
all afflictions, and who is the saviour of all the weak and afflicted
devotees who surrender to you, I salute you..
%E142 Word Meanings 142;
ஶரணாக³ததீ³நார்தபரித்ராணபராயணே = to the one dedicated to the
rescue of the surrendered, weak and afflicted (devotees);
ஸர்வஸ்யார்திஹரே = Oh! the remover of the afflictions of all;
தே³வி = Oh! goddess;
நாராயணி = Oh! part of Narayana also of Shiva as Durga;
நமோঽஸ்து = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
தே = to you or your (here:poss.);
Shloka 143 Devi
காத்யாயந்யை ச வித்³மஹே । கந்யகுமார்யை தீ⁴மஹி ।
தந்நோ து³ர்கா³ ப்ரசோத³யத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 143
This is my offering to the goddess kAtyAyini .
I meditate to this virgin goddess.
Let that durgA, (who can be approached only by great penance) inspire me..
%E143 Word Meanings 143;
காத்யாயந்யை = to the goddess Katyayini;
ச = and;
வித்³மஹே = offering;
கந்யகுமார்யை = to goddess Durga;
தீ⁴மஹி = May meditate;
தந்நோ = ?? ;
து³ர்கா³ = goddess Durga (one who can be approached or realised with
great difficulty e.g. `durgaH’ meaning a fort );
ப்ரசோத³யத் = induces; activates;
Shloka 144 Devi
து³ர்கே³ ஸ்ம்ருʼதா ஹரஸி பீ⁴திமஶேஷஜந்தோ:
ஸ்வஸ்த்²யை ஸ்ம்ரிதா மதிமதீவ ஶுபா⁴ம் த³தா³ஸி ।
தா³ரித்³ர்யது:³க² ப⁴யஹாரிணீ கா த்யத³ந்யா
ஸர்வோபகார கரணாய ஸதா³த்³ரசித்தா ।
ௐ து³ம் து³ர்கா³யை நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 144
Adorations to Goddess Durga!
O Mother Durga! Whoever remembers you during a difficult situation,
he is freed from all forms of fear. When called to mind by those who
are in a healthy condition, you grant them a pure intellect. Who is there
but you — the dispeller of poverty, pain and fear. Whose heart is ever
compassionate for doing good to everyone!.
%E144 Word Meanings 144;
து³ர்கே³ = Oh! Durga!;
ஸ்ம்ருʼதா = remembered thing;
ஹரஸி = You destroy;
பீ⁴திமஶேஷஜந்தோ: = the entire fear of the living beings, without
leaving any remainder;
ஸ்வஸ்த்²யை = to the goddess who grants well being;
ஸ்ம்ரிதா = ?? ;
மதிமதீவ = ?? ;
ஶுபா⁴ம் = the auspicious one;
த³தா³ஸி = You give;
தா³ரித்³ர்யது:³க² = difficulty or unhappiness or sorrow caused by poverty;
ப⁴யஹாரிணீ = the one who removes fear;
கா = who;
த்யத³ந்யா = ?? ;
ஸர்வோபகார = helping all; in favour of all;
கரணாய = for the sense organ;
ஸதா³த்³ரசித்தா = ?? ;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
து³ம் = ?? ;
து³ர்கா³யை = to goddess DurgA;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 145 Devi
ஸர்வஸ்வரூபே ஸர்வேஶே ஸர்வஶக்தி ஸமந்விதே ।
ப⁴யேப்⁴யஸ்த்ராஹி நோ தே³வி து³ர்கே³ தே³வி நமோঽஸ்துதே ॥ ॥
Meaning 145
Oh Goddess of all Godesses, you are one who takes many forms, who
is all powerful and worshipped by all. Oh Goddess Durga, I Salute
to you and plead with you to save and protect us from all fears..
%E145 Word Meanings 145;
ஸர்வஸ்வரூபே = Oh! the one having all forms or the one having all in one’s form;
ஸர்வேஶே = to all;
ஸர்வஶக்தி = the all powerful;
ஸமந்விதே = when followed;
ப⁴யேப்⁴யஸ்த்ராஹி = Save or protect from fears;
நோ = us or to us or ours;
தே³வி = Oh! goddess;
து³ர்கே³ = Oh! Durga!;
தே³வி = Oh! goddess;
நமோঽஸ்துதே = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 146 Benediction
ஸர்வே ப⁴வந்து ஸுகி²ந: ஸர்வே ஸந்து நிராமயா: ।
ஸர்வே ப⁴த்³ராணி பஶ்யந்து மா கஶ்சித்³ து:³க²பா⁴க்³ப⁴வேத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 146
May everybody be happy, may everybody be free from disease,
may everybody see goodness, may none fall on evil days..
%E146 Word Meanings 146;
ஸர்வே = all;
ப⁴வந்து = May them be so or let them be so or let them happen;
ஸுகி²ந: = happy people;
ஸர்வே = all;
ஸந்து = May them be so;
நிராமயா: = without any illness or affliction or disease;
ஸர்வே = all;
ப⁴த்³ராணி = good or auspicious things; those which end in happiness or welfare;
பஶ்யந்து = let them see;
மா = do not;
க: = who;
சித்³ = thought; intelligence; consciousness part of the mind;
து:³க²பா⁴க்³ப⁴வேத் = would become a partaker of sorrow;
Shloka 147 Benediction
ௐ ஸஹ நாவவது । ஸஹ நௌபு⁴நக்து ।
ஸஹவீர்யம் கரவாவஹை ।
தேஜஸ்வி நாவதீ⁴தமஸ்து । மா வித்³விஷாவஹை ।
ௐ ஶாந்தி: ஶாந்தி: ஶாந்தி: ॥ ॥
Meaning 147
Om! May the Lord protect us, may he cause us to enjoy,
may we exert together, may our studies be thorough
and faithful, may we never quarrel with each other.
Om Peace Peace Peace..
%E147 Word Meanings 147;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ஸஹ = along with; together;
நாவவது = ?? ;
ஸஹ = along with; together;
நௌ = ?? ;
பு⁴நக்து = let one protect or save or nourish;
ஸஹவீர்யம் = along with strength;
கரவாவஹை = ?? ;
தேஜஸ்வி = one possessing brilliance or energy; vigour or shine;
நாவதீ⁴தமஸ்து = ?? ;
மா = do not;
வித்³விஷாவஹை = quarrel; develop enmity;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
Shloka 148 Benediction
ௐ அஸதோ மா ஸத்³க³மய । தமஸோ மா ஜ்யோதிர்க³மய ।
ம்ருʼத்யோர்மா அம்ருʼதம் க³மய ।
ௐ ஶாந்தி: ஶாந்தி: ஶாந்தி: ॥ ॥
Meaning 148
Om Lead us from untruth to truth, from darkness to light,
from death to immortality. Om Peace Peace Peace..
%E148 Word Meanings 148;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
அஸதோ = from untruth;
மா = do not;
ஸத்³க³மய = Reach or lead me towards the good or truth or reality;
தமஸோ = from darkness;
மா = do not;
ஜ்யோதிர்க³மய = lead into the light;
ம்ருʼத்யோர்மா = do not to death;
அம்ருʼதம் = nectar;
க³மய = lead me to;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
Shloka 149 Benediction
க³ணநாத²ஸரஸ்வதீரவிஶுக்ரப்³ருʼஹஸ்பதீந் ।
பஞ்சைதாந் ஸம்ஸ்மரேந்நித்யம் வேத³வாணீப்ரவ்ருʼத்தயே ।
Meaning 149
One who thinks of Ganesha, Sarasvati, SUrya, Shukra and
Brahaspati (these five) everyday, his word will be treated as
equal to the sayings of the vedas..
%E149 Word Meanings 149;
க³ணநாத²ஸரஸ்வதீரவிஶுக்ரப்³ருʼஹஸ்பதீந் = the chief of `gaNA’,
s, Sarasvathi, Sun, Venus and Jupiter;
பஞ்சைதாந் = these five;
ஸம்ஸ்மரேந்நித்யம் = May we remember ever;
வேத³வாணீப்ரவ்ருʼத்தயே = ?? ;
Shloka 150 Benediction
ௐ ப⁴த்³ரம் கர்ணேபி:⁴ ஶ்ருʼணுயாம தே³வா ।
ப⁴த்³ரம் பஶ்யேமாக்ஷபி⁴ர்யஜத்ரா: ।
ஸ்தி²ரைரங்கை³ஸ்துஷ்டுவாம்ஸஸ்தநூபி:⁴ ।
வ்யஶேம தே³வஹிதம் யதா³யு: ॥ ॥
Meaning 150
Let us hear good things through our ears, see good things through our eyes
and do good things through our bodies and please the gods whereby our life
span may be increased..
%E150 Word Meanings 150;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ப⁴த்³ரம் = well-being; welfare;
கர்ணேபி:⁴ = through the ears;
ஶ்ருʼணுயாம = May we hear;
தே³வா: = gods;
ப⁴த்³ரம் = well-being; welfare;
பஶ்யேமாக்ஷபி⁴ர்யஜத்ரா: = May we the maintainers of the sacred fire see with our eyes;
ஸ்தி²ரைரங்கை³ஸ்துஷ்டுவாம்ஸஸ்தநூபி:⁴ = ?? ;
வ்யஶேம = We may occupy; obtain; reach;
தே³வஹிதம் = that which is fit for the godsthe welfare of the gods;
யதா³யு: = that life span;
Shloka 151 Benediction
ஸ்வஸ்தி ந இந்த்³ரோ வ்ருʼத்³த⁴ஶ்ரவா: ।
ஸ்வஸ்தி ந: பூஷா விஶ்வவேதா:³ ।
ஸ்வஸ்திநஸ்தார்க்ஷ்யோ அரிஷ்டநேமி: ।
ஸ்வஸ்திர்நோ ப்³ருʼஹஸ்பதிர்த³தா⁴து ॥ ॥
Meaning 151
May the gods Indra, PUsha, Garuda and Brihaspati bestow good things on us
and protect us..
%E151 Word Meanings 151;
ஸ்வஸ்தி = well being;
ந = NoNot; no;
இந்த்³ரோ = indraH, chief of demigods;
வ்ருʼத்³த⁴ஶ்ரவா: = an epithet of Indra the chief of gods;
ஸ்வஸ்தி = well being;
ந: = us; to us or ours;
பூஷா = the sun;
விஶ்வவேதா:³ = those who know the Universe;
ஸ்வஸ்திநஸ்தார்க்ஷ்யோ = Let Garuda grant us well-being;
அரிஷ்டநேமி: = one who has a perfect, healthy wheel or orb, Sun;
ஸ்வஸ்திர்நோ = ?? ;
ப்³ருʼஹஸ்பதிர்த³தா⁴து = ?? ;
Shloka 152 Benediction
ௐ ஶம் நோ மித்ர: ஶம் வருண: । ஶம் நோ ப⁴வத்வர்யமா ।
ஶம் ந இந்த்³ரோ ப்³ருʼஹஸ்பதி: । ஶம் நோ விஷ்ணுருருக்ரம: ।
நமோ ப்³ரஹ்மணே । நமஸ்தே வாயோ । த்வமேவ ப்ரத்யக்ஷம் ப்³ரஹ்மாஸி ।
த்வமே வப்ரத்யக்ஷம் ப்³ரஹ்ம வதி³ஷ்யாமி । ருʼதம் வதி³ஷ்யாமி ।
ஸத்யம் வதி³ஷ்யாமி । தந்மாமவது । தத்³வக்தாரமவது ।
அவது மாம் । அவது வக்தாரம் ।
ௐ ஶாந்தி: ஶாந்தி: ஶாந்தி: ॥ ॥
Meaning 152
Be peace to us Mitra. Be peace to us Varuna. Be peace to us
Aryaman. Be peace to us Indra and Brihaspati. May far-striding Vishnu
be peace to us. Adoration to the Eternal. Adoration to thee, O
Vayu. Thou, thou art the visible Eternal and as the visible Eternal I
will declare thee. I will declare Righteousness! I will declare Truth!
May that protect me! May that protect the speaker! Yea, may it protect
me! May it protect the speaker! Yea, may it protect me! May it protect
the speaker! OM! Peace! Peace! Peace!.
%E152 Word Meanings 152;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ஶம் = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
நோ = us or to us or ours;
மித்ர: = god Mitra;
ஶம் = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
வருண: = the god of water;
ஶம் = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
நோ = us or to us or ours;
ப⁴வத்வர்யமா = let sun be;
ஶம் = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
ந = NoNot; no;
இந்த்³ரோ = indraH, chief of demigods;
ப்³ருʼஹஸ்பதி: = the guru of the devAs and one of the nine grahAs i.eJupiter;
ஶம் = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
நோ = us or to us or ours;
விஷ்ணுருருக்ரம: = the great steps taken by Vishnu;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
ப்³ரஹ்மணே = to the Brahman;
நமஸ்தே = greetings, salutations to you;
வாயோ = wind’s;
த்வமேவ = you alone; you only;
ப்ரத்யக்ஷம் = directly perceivable, before one’s very eyes;
ப்³ரஹ்மாஸி = Brahman, you are;
த்வமேவ = you indeed;
ப்ரத்யக்ஷம் = directly preceivable, before one’s very eyes;
ப்³ரஹ்ம = Brahman; God;
வதி³ஷ்யாமி = I shall speak ; utter;
ருʼதம் = Vedic or divine truth; water; divine law; sun; seen objects;
வதி³ஷ்யாமி = I shall speak ; utter;
ஸத்யம் = the truth;
வதி³ஷ்யாமி = I shall speak ; utter;
தந்மாமவது = Let that protect me;
தத்³வக்தாரமவது = Let that protect the speaker;
அவது = May or let god or someone protect meprotect; save;
மாம் = me;
அவது = May or let god or someone protect meprotect; save;
வக்தாரம் = the speaker;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
Shloka 153 Benediction
புநரபி ஜநநம் புநரபி மரணம்
புநரபி ஜநநீ ஜட²ரே ஶயநம் ।
இஹ ஸம்ஸாரே ப³ஹுது³ஸ்தாரே
க்ருʼபயாঽபாரே பாஹி முராரே ॥ ॥
Meaning 153
Born again, death again, again to stay in the mother’s womb !
It is indeed hard to cross this boundless ocean of samsAra. Oh
Murari ! Redeem me through Thy mercy..
%E153 Word Meanings 153;
புநரபி = again and again;
ஜநநம் = the birth;
புநரபி = again and again;
மரணம் = death;
புநரபி = again and again;
ஜநநீ = mother;
ஜட²ரே = in the mouth;
ஶயநம் = the bed;
இஹ = here; in this world;
ஸம்ஸாரே = in this world or worldly life;
ப³ஹுது³ஸ்தாரே = in the one which is difficult to cross;
க்ருʼபயாঽபாரே = Oh! the one with unbounded compassion;
பாஹி = protect; save;
முராரே = Oh! the enemy of Mura demon, Vishnu or Krishna;
Shloka 154 Benediction
ஆரோக்³ய: ப்ரத³தா³து நோ தி³நகர: சந்த்³ரோயஶோ நிர்மலம்
பூ⁴திம் பூ⁴மிஸுத: ஸுதா⁴ம்ஶுதநய: ப்ரஜ்ஞாம் கு³ருர்கௌ³ரவம் ।
காவ்ய: கோமலவாக்³விலாஸமதுலம் மந்தோ³ முத³ம் ஸர்வதா³
ராஹுர்பா³ஹு-ப³லம் விரோத⁴-ஶமநம் கேது: குலஸ்யோந்நதிம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 154
Oh! May we have, health from Sun, pure glory from Moon, well-being from the son
of Earth, wisdom and glory to the teacher from the son of Moon, poetry
and uncomparable joy in soft speech from …, happiness within limits
forever from …, strength (of limbs) from RAhu, ability to overcome
opposition and the progress of the family from Ketu..
%E154 Word Meanings 154;
ஆரோக்³ய: = good health;
ப்ரத³தா³து = May give me or us;
நோ = us or to us or ours;
தி³நகர: = the sun, the day-maker;
சந்த்³ரோயஶோ = ?? ;
நிர்மலம் = without any dirt or polluted materiali.e. pure;
பூ⁴திம் = well-being; welfare; prosperity;
பூ⁴மிஸுத: = the son of the Earth;
ஸுதா⁴ம்ஶுதநய: = the son of sudhA.nshu, moon;
ப்ரஜ்ஞாம் = conscipusness;
கு³ருர்கௌ³ரவம் = felicitation of teachers;
காவ்ய: = poem; poetry;
கோமலவாக்³விலாஸமதுலம் = ?? ;
மந்தோ³ = dull-witted; slow;
முத³ம் = happiness;
ஸர்வதா³ = ever; always;
ராஹுர்பா³ஹு-ப³லம் = ?? ;
விரோத⁴-ஶமநம் = ?? ;
கேது: = south Node;
குலஸ்யோந்நதிம் = ?? ;
Shloka 155 Benediction
ௐ ஸர்வேஷாம் ஸ்வஸ்திர்ப⁴வது । ஸர்வேஷாம் ஶாந்திர்ப⁴வது ।
ஸர்வேஷாம் பூர்ணம் ப⁴வது । ஸர்வேஷாம் மங்க³ளம் ப⁴வது ।
ஸர்வே ப⁴வந்து ஸுகி²ந: ஸர்வே ஸந்து நிராமயா: ।
ஸர்வே ப⁴த்³ராணி பஶ்யந்து மா கஶ்சித்³ து:³க² பா⁴க்³ப⁴வேத் ।
ௐ ஆநந்த³ । ௐ ஆநந்த³ । ௐ ஆநந்த³ ॥ ॥
Meaning 155
May Auspiciousness be unto all!
May Peace be unto all!
May Fullness be unto all!
May Prosperity be unto all!
May all be happy! May all be free of diseases!
May all see what is good! May no one suffer from misery!
OM Bliss! Bliss! Bliss!.
%E155 Word Meanings 155;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ஸர்வேஷாம் = all people’s;
ஸ்வஸ்திர்ப⁴வது = Let there be well-being;
ஸர்வேஷாம் = all people’s;
ஶாந்திர்ப⁴வது = Let there be peace.;
ஸர்வேஷாம் = all people’s;
பூர்ணம் = full of; complete; infinite; whole; undivided;
ப⁴வது = Let or may it be so; let or may it happen.;
ஸர்வேஷாம் = all people’s;
மங்க³ளம் = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ப⁴வது = Let or may it be so; let or may it happen.;
ஸர்வே = all;
ப⁴வந்து = Let them be so or let them happen. May they happen.;
ஸுகி²ந: = happy people;
ஸர்வே = all;
ஸந்து = Let them be;
நிராமயா: = without any illness or affliction or disease;
ஸர்வே = all;
ப⁴த்³ராணி = good or auspicious things; those which end in happiness or welfare;
பஶ்யந்து = let them see;
மா = do not;
க: = who;
சித்³ = thought; intelligence; consciousness part of the mind;
து:³க² = sorrowful; unhappy;
பா⁴க்³ப⁴வேத் = Let one become a beneficiary or partaker or shareholder
of the fortune etc.;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ஆநந்த³ = joy; delight; happiness;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ஆநந்த³ = joy; delight; happiness;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ஆநந்த³ = joy; delight; happiness;
Shloka 156 Benediction
ௐ விஶ்வாநி தே³வ ஸவிதர்து³ரிதாநி பராஸுவ ।
யத்³ ப⁴த்³ரம் தந்நு ஆஸுவ ॥ ॥
Meaning 156
Aum! Oh Savitr (Sun)! Lord of the Universe, remove our defects;
Bring whatever is auspicious to us..
%E156 Word Meanings 156;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
விஶ்வாநி = literally: the worlds or Universe;
தே³வ = Oh! god Oh! God!;
ஸவிதர்து³ரிதாநி = Oh! suryanarayan, the sins;
பராஸுவ = bless us after removing sins;
யத்³ = That which;
ப⁴த்³ரம் = well-being; welfare;
தந்நு = ?? ;
ஆஸுவ = grant ; bless one with;
Shloka 157 Benediction
ௐ தச்சக்ஷுர்தே³வஹிதம் புரஸ்தாச்ச்²கமுச்சரத் ।
பஶ்யேம ஶரத:³ ஶதம் ஜீவேம ஶரத:³ ஶதம்
ஶ்ருʼணுயாம ஶரத:³ ஶதம் ப்ரப்³ரவாம ஶரத:³ ஶதம்
அதீ³நா: ஸ்யாம் ஶரத:³ ஶதம் பூ⁴யஶ்ச ஶரத:³ ஶதாத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 157
OM! That bright eye (in the form of the Sun) is high in front of us.
(With that eye as our guide) Let us see (properly) for hundred years, live for
hundred years, hear (properly) for hundred years, speak (properly) for
hundred years, be independent for hundred years, and again have all
these for hundred years..
%E157 Word Meanings 157;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
தச்சக்ஷுர்தே³வஹிதம் = that Sun which is like eyes overseeing the welfare of the gods;
புரஸ்தாச்ச்²கமுச்சரத் = ?? ;
பஶ்யேம = let us see;
ஶரத:³ = autumn seasons;;
ஶதம் = cardinal number 100;
ஜீவேம = let us live;
ஶரத:³ = autumn seasons;;
ஶதம் = cardinal number 100;
ஶ்ருʼணுயாம = May we hear;
ஶரத:³ = autumn seasons;;
ஶதம் = cardinal number 100;
ப்ரப்³ரவாம = May we be talking;
ஶரத:³ = autumn seasons;;
ஶதம் = cardinal number 100;
அதீ³நா: = those who are not poor or humble or in a miserable plight;
ஸ்யாம் = ?? ;
ஶரத:³ = autumn seasons;;
ஶதம் = cardinal number 100;
ப்⁴ரய: = ?? ;
ச = and;
ஶரத:³ = autumn seasons;;
ஶதாத் = from 100;
Shloka 158 Benediction
ஸ்வஸ்தி ப்ரஜாப்⁴ய: பரிபாலயந்தாம் ।
ந்யாயேந மார்கே³ண மஹீம் மஹீஶாம் ।
கோ³ ப்³ராஹ்மணேப்⁴ய: ஶுப⁴மஸ்து நித்யம் ।
லோகா: ஸமஸ்தா: ஸுகி²நோ ப⁴வந்து ॥ ॥
Meaning 158
Let the subjects be governed and nourished by the rulers, who
follow a path of justice. Let the cattle and the righteous
people (brAhmana) have goodness and let all people be happy..
%E158 Word Meanings 158;
ஸ்வஸ்தி = well being;
ப்ரஜாப்⁴ய: = all the people or subjects;
பரிபாலயந்தாம் = the protectors or rulers;
ந்யாயேந = lawful;
மார்கே³ண = through the road or street or route;
மஹீம் = the earth; the world;
மஹீஶாம் = the ruler of the world or earth;
கோ³ = cow;
ப்³ராஹ்மணேப்⁴ய: = Brahmins;
ஶுப⁴மஸ்து = Let auspiciousness be there;
நித்யம் = ever; permanent;
லோகா: = the worlds; the people;
ஸமஸ்தா: = all; the entire;
ஸுகி²நோ = happy people;
ப⁴வந்து = May them be so or let them be so or let them happen;
Shloka 159 Benediction
காலே வர்ஷந்து பர்ஜந்ய: ப்ருʼதி²வீ ஶஸ்யஶாலிநீ ।
தே³ஶோயம் க்ஷோப⁴ரஹிதா: ப்³ராஹ்மணா: ஸந்து நிர்ப⁴ய: ॥ ॥
Meaning 159
Let the rains shower in time, Let the earth brim with food grains,
Let this country be full of auspiciousness and be free from
agitation and affliction, let the righteous people be free from
fear..
%E159 Word Meanings 159;
காலே = in time;
வர்ஷந்து = Let them rain;
பர்ஜந்ய: = rain;
ப்ருʼதி²வீ = the world; the earth;
ஸஸ்யஶாலிநீ = the mistress of corn or foodgrains; may refer to earth;
தே³ஶோயம் = this country;
க்ஷோப⁴ரஹிதா: = one free from affliction or agitation;
ப்³ராஹ்மணா: = the Brahmin community; certain specified portions of the Vedas;
ஸந்து = May them be so;
நிர்ப⁴ய: = fearless;
Shloka 160 Benediction
அபக்ராமந்து பூ⁴தாநி பிஶாசா: ஸர்வதோதி³ஶம் ।
ஸர்வேஷாமவிரோதே⁴ந யஜ்ஞகர்ம ஸமாரபே⁴ ॥ ॥
Meaning 160
Let the (evil) beings and non-beings depart in all directions,
let us begin the worship without any obstacles..
%E160 Word Meanings 160;
அபக்ராமந்து = May we be averse to or abhor;
பூ⁴தாநி = ?? ;
பிஶாசா: = the ogres; spirits; ghosts;
ஸர்வதோதி³ஶம் = in all directions;
ஸர்வேஷாம் = ?? ;
அவிரோதே⁴ந = without opposition, smoothly;
யஜ்ஞகர்ம = activity relating to sacrifice;
ஸமாரபே⁴ = started well;
Shloka 161 Benediction
அக்³நிம் ப்ரஜ்வாலிதம் வந்தே³ ஜாதவேத³ம் ஹுதாஶநம் ।
ஹிரண்யமநலம் வந்தே³ ஸம்ருʼத்³த⁴ம் விஶ்வதோமுக²ம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 161
I salute Agni–the lighted one; Agni–the knower of all;
Agni–the golden one; Agni–full of wealth and seer of the world..
%E161 Word Meanings 161;
அக்³நிம் = fire or the god of fire;
ப்ரஜ்வாலிதம் = ?? ;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
ஜாதவேத³ம் = the one who knows the Vedas;
ஹுதாஶநம் = the fire-god;
ஹிரண்யமநலம் = the golden-hued fire;
வந்தே³ = I worship; bow;
ஸம்ருʼத்³த⁴ம் = the one with riches or prosperity;
விஶ்வதோமுக²ம் = having the face on all sides of the Universe;
Shloka 162 Benediction
ஶ்ரத்³தா⁴ம் மேதா⁴ம் யஶ: ப்ரஜ்ஞாம் வித்³யாம் பு³த்³தி⁴ம் ஶ்ரியம் ப³லம் ।
ஆயுஷ்யம் தேஜ ஆரோக்³யம் தே³ஹி மே ஹவ்யவாஹந ॥ ॥
Meaning 162
Oh! Messenger (Agni) give me faith, wisdom, glory, understanding,
learning, intellect, wealth, power, longetivity, lusture, and health..
%E162 Word Meanings 162;
ஶ்ரத்³தா⁴ம் = faith; dedication; belief;
மேதா⁴ம் = intellect; intelligence; also Sarasvati the goddess of learning;
யஶ: = fame; reputation;
ப்ரஜ்ஞாம் = conscipusness;
வித்³யாம் = knowledge;
பு³த்³தி⁴ம் = intellect; intelligence;
ஶ்ரியம் = Goddess LakShmi; wealth; prosperity;
ப³லம் = A lad or son;
ஆயுஷ்யம் = promoting longevity;
தேஜ = power; strength; body’s lustre or shine; firepower; sharpness;
ஆரோக்³யம் = good health;
தே³ஹி = Give;
மே = to me or my;
ஹவ்யவாஹந = ?? ;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
நம = mine; my;
இதி = thusthus;
Shloka 163 Navagraha
ஆதி³த்யாய ஸோமாய மங்க³ளாய பு³தா⁴ய ச ।
கு³ரு ஶுக்ர ஶநிப்⁴யஶ்ச ராஹவேகேதவே நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 163
Salutations to the navagrahAs, the Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury,
Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, Rahu, and Ketu..
%E163 Word Meanings 163;
ஆதி³த்யாய = to the sun;
ஸோமாய = to the god soma;
மங்க³ளாய = for good; welfare; well-being or for the planet Mangal;
பு³தா⁴ய = by Budha;
ச = and;
கு³ரு = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ஶுக்ர = bright; radiant; white; of Venus;
ஶநிப்⁴ய: = to Shani and others;
ச = and;
ராஹவே = to rAhU, north Node;
கேதவே = to ketu, south Node;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 164 Sun
ௐ த்⁴யேய: ஸதா³ ஸவித்ருʼமண்ட³ல மத்⁴யவர்தி ।
நாராயண: ஸரஸிஜாஸந்ஸம்நிவிஷ்ட: ।
கேயூரவாந மகரகுண்ட³லவாந கிரீடீ ।
ஹாரீ ஹிரண்மயவபுர்த்⁴ருʼதஶங்க²சக்ர: ॥ ॥
Meaning 164
OM! meditate always on the centre of the solar orb, the (seat of) Narayan with
the lotus, with a bracelet, a crocodile-earring, a crown, an
attractive golden body and a chakra..
%E164 Word Meanings 164;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and u;
and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
த்⁴யேய: = the one worthy of meditation;
ஸதா³ = always; ever;
ஸவித்ருʼமண்ட³ல = the orb of the sun;
மத்⁴யவர்தி = that which is present in the middle;
நாராயண: = Vishnu;
ஸரஸிஜாஸந்ஸம்இவிஷ்ட: = ?? ;
கேயூரவாந = ?? ;
மகரகுண்ட³லவாந = ?? ;
கிரீடீ = ?? ;
ஹாரீ = that which attracts;
ஹிரண்மயவபுர்த்⁴ருʼதஶங்க²சக்ர: = ?? ;
Shloka 165 Sun
ௐ மித்ராய நம: ।
ௐ ரவயே நம: ।
ௐ ஸூர்யாய நம: ।
ௐ பா⁴நவே நம: ।
ௐ க²கா³ய நம: ।
ௐ பூஷ்ணே நம: ।
ௐ ஹிரண்யக³ர்பா⁴ய நம: ।
ௐ மரீசயே நம: ।
ௐ ஆதி³த்யாய நம: ।
ௐ ஸவித்ரே நம: ।
ௐ அர்காய நம: ।
ௐ பா⁴ஸ்கராய நம: ।
ௐ ஶ்ரீஸவித்ருʼஸூர்யநாராயணாய நம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 165
OM! Salutations to Mitra; OM! Salutations to Ravi; OM! Salutations to
Surya; OM! Salutations to Bhanu; OM! Salutations to Khaga; OM!
Salutations to Pushana; OM! Salutations to Hiranyagarbha; OM!
Salutations to Marichi; OM! Salutations to Aditya; OM! Salutations to
Savitri; OM! Salutations to Arka; OM! Salutations to Bhaskar; OM!
Salutations to Savitri-Suryanarayana..
%E165 Word Meanings 165;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
மித்ராய = to Mitra or a friend;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ரவயே = to the sun;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ஸூர்யாய = to Surya;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
பா⁴நவே = to the sun;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
க²கா³ய = ?? ;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
பூஷ்ணே = to the Sun, the nourisher;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ஹிரண்யக³ர்பா⁴ய = to the one having a golden womb, Sun or Vishnu;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
மரீசயே = to Marichi;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ஆதி³த்யாய = to the sun;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ஸவித்ரே = Oh! suryanarayan!;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
அர்காய = to sun god;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
பா⁴ஸ்கராய = to the sun;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ஶ்ரீஸவித்ருʼஸூர்யநாராயணாய = to the venerable sun thro’ whom the Trinity manifests;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 166 Sun
ஆதி³த்யஸ்ய நமஸ்காராந் யே குர்வந்தி தி³நே தி³நே ।
ஜந்மாந்தரஸஹஸ்ரேஷு தா³ரித்³ர்யம் தோ³ஷ நாஶதே ।
அகாலம்ருʼத்யு ஹரணம் ஸர்வவ்யாதி⁴ விநாஶநம் ।
ஸூர்யபாதோ³த³கம் தீர்த²ம் ஜட²ரே தா⁴ரயாம்யஹம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 166
Who do Surya-namaskar (the yogic Sun asana) everyday, their defect of
poverty is destroyed for a hundred births. I hold in my mouth the holy
water which removes all diseases and untimely death..
%E166 Word Meanings 166;
ஆதி³த்யஸ்ய = ?? ;
நமஸ்காராந் = bowing; respects;
யே = they who;
குர்வந்தி = do;
தி³நே = during the day;
தி³நே = during the day;
ஜந்மாந்தரஸஹஸ்ரேஷு = in the thousands of previous births;
தா³ரித்³ர்யம் = poverty;
தோ³ஷ = defective; sinful;
நாஶதே = destroys;
அகாலம்ருʼத்யு = at (M.nom.) untimely death;
ஹரணம் = the act of removal or destruction;
ஸர்வவ்யாதி⁴ = all kinds of diseases and illnesses;
விநாஶநம் = the one who destroys;
ஸூர்யபாதோ³த³கம் = the water offered at the feet of the sun;
தீர்த²ம் = water; water body;
ஜட²ரே = in the mouth;
தா⁴ரயாம்யஹம் = I wear or bear;
Shloka 167 Sun
பா⁴ஸ்கராய வித்³மஹே । மஹத்³த்³யுதிகராய தீ⁴மஹி ।
தந்நோ ஆதி³த்ய: ப்ரசோத³யாத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 167
This is my offering to the Sun .
I meditate to the one who illumines greatly.
Let that Sun God inspire me..
%E167 Word Meanings 167;
பா⁴ஸ்கராய = to the sun;
வித்³மஹே = offering;
மஹத்³த்³யுதிகராய = to the one who illumines greatly;
தீ⁴மஹி = May meditate;
தந்நோ = ?? ;
ஆதி³த்ய: = ?? ;
ப்ரசோத³யாத் = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 168 Ganga
க³ங்கே³ச யமுநே சைவ கோ³தா³வரீ ஸரஸ்வதீ ।
நர்மதா³ ஸிந்து⁴ காவேரீ ஜலேঽஸ்மிந் ஸந்நித⁴ம் குரு ॥ ॥
Meaning 168
Oh! (holy rivers) Ganga, Yamuna, Godavari, Sarasvati, Narmada, Sindhu,
and Kaveri, please be present in this water..
%E168 Word Meanings 168;
க³ங்கே³ = Oh! the Ganges river (as goddess);
யமுநே = Oh! the Yamuna river (as goddess);
சைவ = and like;
கோ³தா³வரீ = river godavari (as goddess);
ஸரஸ்வதீ = goddess of knowledge known by this name (as goddess);
நர்மதா³ = river Narmada (as goddess);
ஸிந்து⁴ = of the sea;
காவேரீ = river kaveri (as goddess);
ஜலேঽஸ்மிந் = in this water;
ஸந்நித⁴ம் = near, close or in the presence;
குரு = do;
Shloka 169 Ganga
நமாமி க³ங்கே³ தவ பாத³பங்கஜம்
ஸுராஸுரைர்வந்தி³ததி³வ்யரூபம் ।
பு⁴க்திம் ச முக்திம் ச த³தா³ஸி நித்யம்
பா⁴வாநுஸாரேண ஸதா³ நராணாம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 169
Salutations to the lotus feet of Ganga. Your divine form is worshipped
by Suras and Asuras. You give objects of enjoyment and salvation everyday
depending on the level of devotion and attitude of men..
%E169 Word Meanings 169;
நமாமி = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
க³ங்கே³ = Oh! gangA!;
தவ = your;
பாத³பங்கஜம் = the lotus feet;
ஸுராஸுரைர்வந்தி³ததி³வ்யரூபம் = the divine form worshipped by the gods and demons;
பு⁴க்திம் = Eating and worldy enjoyments;
ச = and;
முக்திம் = liberation;
ச = and;
த³தா³ஸி = You give;
நித்யம் = ever; permanent;
பா⁴வாநுஸாரேண = acoording to one’s attitude or thought;
ஸதா³ = always; ever;
நராணாம் = men’s;
Shloka 170 Ganga
க³ங்கா³ க³ங்கே³தி யோ ப்³ரூயாத் யோஜநாநா ஶதைரபி ।
முச்யதே ஸர்வபாபேப்⁴யோ விஷ்ணுலோகம் ஸக³ச்ச²தி ॥ ॥
Meaning 170
One who utters ‘Ganga, Gange’ one hundred times will be rid of all sins
and reach the lotus feet of the Lord..
%E170 Word Meanings 170;
க³ங்கா³ = the river Ganges;
க³ங்கே³தி = uttering thus:’gange!’;
யோ = He who;
ப்³ரூயாத் = Let it be said; let us say;
யோஜநாநா = at (N.poss.pl.) of various counts of Yojana approximately 8-9 miles;
ஶதைரபி = even after 100;
முச்யதே = is liberated or freed;
ஸர்வபாபேப்⁴யோ = from all the sins;
விஷ்ணுலோகம் = Vishnu’s abode or world;
ஸக³ச்ச²தி = He goes;
Shloka 171 Morning
கராக்³ரே வஸதே லக்ஷ்மீ: கரமத்⁴யே ஸரஸ்வதீ । கரமூலே ஸ்தி²ரா கௌ³ரீ
கரமூலே து கோ³விந்த:³ ப்ரபா⁴தே கரத³ர்ஶநம் ॥ ॥ மங்க³ளம் ஜ்கரத³ர்ஶநம்
Meaning 171
Goddess LakShmI dwells at the beginning of the hand.
In the center of the palm resides Sarasvati, the Goddess
of wisdom. At the base of the palm is Govinda, the
Lord of the universe. Hence, one should look and meditate on
the hand early in the morning..
%E171 Word Meanings 171;
கராக்³ரே = at the beginning of the hand;
வஸதே = one lives; dwells;
லக்ஷ்மீ: = Goddess Laxmi;
கரமத்⁴யே = in the middle of the hand;
ஸரஸ்வதீ = Oh! sarasvati ; goddesss of knowledge;
கரமூலே = at the root of the hand;
து = but; on the other hand;
கோ³விந்த:³ = the cowherd boy Krishna;
ப்ரபா⁴தே = in the early morning;
கரத³ர்ஶநம் = the sight of the hand; looking at the hand;
Shloka 172 Morning
அஹல்யா த்³ரௌபதீ³ ஸீதா தாரா மந்தோ³த³ரீ ததா² ।
பஞ்சகந்யா ஸ்மரேந்நித்யம் மஹாபாதகநாஶநம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 172
Let us remember the five ladies (daughters)
ahalyA, draupadI, sItA, tArA, mandodarI
regularly as their character can provide strength
to get rid of sins and ill feelings..
%E172 Word Meanings 172;
அஹல்யா = Sage Gautama’s wife or name of a female who layed
dormant/inactive till Ram motivated her by his divine touch;
த்³ரௌபதீ³ = wife of the `PaNDavAs’;;
ஸீதா = Rama’s wife;
தாரா = wife of Vali, Devi (Tantric);
மந்தோ³த³ரீ = wife of Ravana;
ததா² = like that (cf. yathA tathA);
பஞ்சகந்யா = five girls;
ஸ்மரேத் = remember;
நித்யம் = always, constant;
மஹாபாதகநாஶநம் = that which destroys great sins;
Shloka 173 Morning
ப்³ரஹ்மாமுராரிஸ்த்ரிபுராந்தகாரீ
பா⁴நுஶஶீ பூ⁴மிஸுதோ பு³த⁴ஶ்ச ।
கு³ருஶ்ச ஶுக்ரஶ்ச ஶநி ராஹு கேதவ:
குர்வந்து ஸர்வே மம ஸுப்ரபா⁴தம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 173
Brahma, Murari, Shiva, Sun, Moon, Mangal , Budha, Guru, Shukra,
Shani, Rahu and Ketu – may all of them make mine a good morning..
%E173 Word Meanings 173;
ப்³ரஹ்மாமுராரிஸ்த்ரிபுராந்தகாரீ = The Trinity of gods i.e. Brahma,
Mura’s enemyi.e Vishnu and the destroyer of the three cities i.e. Shiva;
பா⁴நுஶஶீ = the sun and the moon;
பூ⁴மிஸுதோ = same as bhUmisutaH i.e the son of the Earth;
பு³த:⁴ = god or planet Mercury or enlightened person;
ச = and;
கு³ரு: = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ச = and;
ஶுக்ர: = the bright or white one; also refers to the planet Venus
and Shukracharya, the demons’ preceptor;
ச = and;
ஶநி = Planet Saturn; one of the 9 Grahas; Saturday;
ராஹு = one of the Navagrahas `Rahu’;
கேதவ: = Ketu, south Node;
குர்வந்து = ?? ;
ஸர்வே = all;
மம = mine; mymy; mine;
ஸுப்ரபா⁴தம் = good morning;
Shloka 174 Morning
உத்திஷ்டோ²த்திஷ்ட² கோ³விந்த³ உத்திஷ்ட² க³ருட³த்⁴வஜ ।
உத்திஷ்ட² கமலாகாந்த த்ரைலோக்யம் மங்க³ளம் குரு ॥ ॥
Meaning 174
Awake Awake, O Govinda, Awake, the One with the flag with Garuda ensign,
Awake the beloved of LakShmi, Bless for the welfare of the three worlds..
%E174 Word Meanings 174;
உத்திஷ்டோ²த்திஷ்ட² = Arise! Arise!;
கோ³விந்த³ = A name of kRiShNa, Govinda, the cowherd boy;
உத்திஷ்ட² = Arise; rise or get up;
க³ருட³த்⁴வஜ = Oh! the one having `GaruDa’ eagle-like bird as the Flag Emblem;
உத்திஷ்ட² = Arise; rise or get up;
கமலாகாந்த = oh! consort of kamala or LakShmi;
த்ரைலோக்யம் = belonging to the three worlds;
மங்க³ளம் = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
குரு = do;
Shloka 175 Morning
ப்ராத: ஸ்மராமி ஹ்ருʼதி³ ஸம்ஸ்பு²ரதா³த்மதத்த்வம்
ஸச்சித்ஸுக²ம் பரமஹம்ஸக³திம் துரீயம் ।
யத்ஸ்வபநஜாக³ரஸுஷுப்தமவைதி நித்யம்
தத்³ப்³ரஹ்ம நிஷ்கலமஹம் ந ச பூ⁴தஸங்க:⁴ ॥ ॥
Meaning 175
Early in the morning, I meditate upon the intrinsic principle —
the Self that shines in the heart; Who is Existence, Knowledge and
Bliss Absolute; Who is attained by Paramahansas (those who follow
the path of renunciation). Who is the fourth (transcending the
three states), Who is the Eternal Knower of the three states —
waking, dream and deep sleep; That taintless Brahman I am. I am
not this physical body composed of elements..
%E175 Word Meanings 175;
ப்ராத: = in the morning;
ஸ்மராமி = I remember;
ஹ்ருʼதி³ = in the heart;
ஸம்ஸ்பு²ரத்³ = throbbing;
ஆத்மதத்த்வம் = the truth or essence of the soul or self or spirit;
ஸச்சித்ஸுக²ம் = Existence, Consciousness and Happiness;
பரமஹம்ஸக³திம் = the goal or end or way where one attains bliss;
துரீயம் = the 4th state;
யத்ஸ்வபநஜாக³ரஸுஷுப்தமவைதி = that which knows one’s dreaming,
wakeful and sleeping states;
நித்யம் = ever; permanent;
தத்³ப்³ரஹ்ம = that Bahman;
நிஷ்கலமஹம் = ?? ;
ந = NoNot; no;
ச = and;
பூ⁴தஸங்க:⁴ = one who has the company of the ogres Shiva’s attendants;
Shloka 176 Morning
ப்ராதர்ப⁴ஜாமி மநஸா வசஸாமக³ம்யம்
வாசோ விபா⁴ந்தி நிகி²லா யத³நுக்³ரஹேண ।
யந்நேதிநேதிவசநைநிர்க³மா அவோசுஸ்தம்
தே³வ தே³வமஜம் அச்யுதம் ஆஹுரக்³ரயம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 176
Early in the morning, I worship the Divinity who is beyond the reach
of the mind and senses, by whose grace speech manifests in its entirety.
Who is taught in scriptures as Neti (not this), not this (by a series
of negations); Who is called the Purusha (the Self), the unborn, God
of Gods, the Immutable Self, the Primeval being!.
%E176 Word Meanings 176;
ப்ராதர்ப⁴ஜாமி = I shall worship in the morning;
மநஸா = through the mind;
வசஸாமக³ம்யம் = the unreachable through words;
வாசோ = words; expression;
விபா⁴ந்தி = shine;
நிகி²லா = all; entire;
யத³நுக்³ரஹேண = with the grace or blessings of that;
யந்நேதிநேதிவசநைநிர்க³மா = that which emerges from the elimination
process of `not this, not this’;
நிக³மா = veda;
அவோசுஸ்தம் = told him;
தே³வ = Oh! god Oh! God!;
தே³வமஜம் = the unborn God;
அச்யுதம் = God `achyuta’ meaning one who does not slip or glide away;
ஆஹுரக்³ரயம் = ?? ;
Shloka 177 Morning
ப்ராதர்நமாமி தமஸ: பரமர்கவர்ணம்
பூர்ண ஸநாதந பத³ம் புருஷோத்தமாக்²யம் ।
யஸ்மிந்நித³ம் ஜக³த³ஶேஷம் அஶேஷபூ⁴தம்
ரஜ்ஜ்வாம் பு⁴ஜங்க³ம் இவ ப்ரதிபா⁴ஸிதம் வை ॥ ॥
Meaning 177
Early in the morning, I adore the Supreme Self, who is beyond ignorance,
bright as the sun, in whom this entire world is superimposed like a
snake in the rope; Who is the Eternal Abode, ever full, known as
Purushottama — the best of souls..
%E177 Word Meanings 177;
ப்ராதர்நமாமி = I shall bow down in the morning;
தமஸ: = from darkness;
பரமர்கவர்ணம் = ?? ;
பூர்ண = full; completely filled; infinite;
ஸநாதந = the ancient;
பத³ம் = step ; leg; word;
புருஷோத்தமாக்²யம் = said to be or known as purushottama i.e. the best among men;
யஸ்மிந்நித³ம் = in whom, this;
ஜக³த³ஶேஷம் = the world without any remainder;
அஶேஷபூ⁴தம் = one who existed without any remainder or without the
`seSha’ serpant god;
ரஜ்ஜ்வாம் = the rope or the one with a rope;
பு⁴ஜங்க³ம் = the serpant;
இவ = like; similar to; as it were;
ப்ரதிபா⁴ஸிதம் = reflected one;
வை = indeed; surely;
Shloka 178 Evening
ஶுப⁴ம் கரோதி கல்யாணமாரோக்³யம் த⁴நஸம்பதா³ ।
ஶத்ருபு³த்³தி⁴விநாஶாய தீ³பஜ்யோதிர்நமோঽஸ்துதே ॥ ॥
Meaning 178
I prostrate to that lamp-light, which brings good, auspicious,
health, wealth and possessions, and destroys bad intellect..
%E178 Word Meanings 178;
ஶுப⁴ம் = auspiciousness; good endings;
கரோதி = does;
கல்யாணமாரோக்³யம் = that which is good and healthy;
த⁴நஸம்பதா³ = wealth-giver;
ஶத்ருபு³த்³தி⁴விநாஶாய = for the removal of inimical feelings;
தீ³பஜ்யோதிர்நமோঽஸ்துதே = Oh! the lamp flame; Let there be our bowing to you;
Shloka 179 Evening
தீ³பஜ்யோதி: பரப்³ரஹ்ம தீ³பஜ்யோதிர்ஜநார்த³ந: ।
தீ³போ ஹரது மே பாபம் தீ³பஜ்யோதிர்நமோঽஸ்துதே ॥ ॥
Meaning 179
The light of the lamp is the great Brahman – the Creator.
The light of the lamp is Vishnu – the sustainer. Let the
light destroy my sins, I salute the light of the Lamp..
%E179 Word Meanings 179;
தீ³பஜ்யோதி: = the flame of the lamp;
பரப்³ரஹ்ம = the great Brahman;
தீ³பஜ்யோதி: = the flame of the lamp;
ஜநார்த³ந: = Vishnu;
தீ³போ = lamp;
ஹரது = May remove or destroy;
மே = to me or my;
பாபம் = sin;
தீ³பஜ்யோதிர்நமோঽஸ்துதே = Oh! flame of the lamp! Let there be our bowing to you;
Shloka 180 Misc
ராமஸ்கந்த³ம் ஹநூமந்தம் வைநதேயம் வ்ருʼகோத³ரம் ।
ஶயநே ஸ்மரணே நித்யம் து:³ஸ்வப்நம் தஸ்யநஶ்யதி ॥ ॥
Meaning 180
At the time of sleep, the bad dreams are driven away
by constant remembrance of Rama, Subramanya, Hanuman,
Garuda, and Bheema..
%E180 Word Meanings 180;
ராமஸ்கந்த³ம் = Rama and Skandaor the leaping Rama;
ராம = Rama;
ஸ்கந்த³ம் = Muruga or SubramanyaM;
ஹநூமந்தம் = Hanuman;
வைநதேயம் = the eagle Garuda, the vehicle of Vishnu lit.:the son of VinatA;
வ்ருʼகோத³ரம் = the long-bellyed one, Bheema;
ஶயநே = in the bed;
ஸ்மரணே = while remembering;
நித்யம் = ever; permanent;
து:³ஸ்வப்நம் = bad dream;
தஸ்ய = that person’s;
நஶ்யதி = gets destrroyed; dies; loses;becomes destroyed; expires;
Shloka 181 Misc
ௐ பூர்ணமத:³ பூர்ணமித³ँ பூர்ணாத் பூர்ணமுத³ச்யதே ।
பூர்ணஸ்ய பூர்ணமாதா³ய பூர்ணமேவாவஶிஷ்யதே ।
ௐ ஶாந்தி: ஶாந்தி: ஶாந்தி: ॥ ॥
Meaning 181
Om. That (supreme Brahman) is infinite, complete, and this
(conditioned Brahman) is infinite. The infinite proceeds from the infinite,
supreme Brahman. Through knowledge, taking the infinite from the
infinite, conditioned Brahman, it remains as the infinite unconditioned
Brahman alone. Om Peace, Peace, Peace! %alternate meaning
(Alternate)
OM! That is Full. This is Full. From that Full, this Full has come; when
this Full is taken from that Full It always remains Full!
Om Peace, Peace, Peace!.
%E181 Word Meanings 181;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
பூர்ணமத:³ = complete, that;
பூர்ணமித³ँ = complete, this;
பூர்ணாத் = from the whole or infinite;
பூர்ணமுத³ச்யதே = complete, is produced;
பூர்ணஸ்ய = of the whole;
பூர்ணமாதா³ய = having taken the whole; the entire thing;
பூர்ணமேவாவஶிஷ்யதே = the whole thing itself remains;
ௐ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
Shloka 182 Misc
த்வமேவ மாதா ச பிதா த்வமேவ ।
த்வமேவ ப³ந்து⁴ஶ்ச ஸகா² த்வமேவ ।
த்வமேவ வித்³யா த்³ரவிணம் த்வமேவ ।
த்வமேவ ஸர்வம் மம தே³வதே³வ ॥ ॥
Meaning 182
Oh God of all Gods! You alone are my mother, father, kinsman,
friend, knowledge and wealth. You are my everything..
%E182 Word Meanings 182;
த்வமேவ = you alone; you only;
மாதா = Mother;
ச = and;
பிதா = father;
த்வமேவ = you alone; you only;
த்வமேவ = you alone; you only;
ப³ந்து:⁴ = a relative;
ச = and;
ஸகா² = friend;
த்வமேவ = you alone; you only;
த்வமேவ = you alone; you only;
வித்³யா = knowledge; learning;
த்³ரவிணம் = money;
த்வமேவ = you alone; you only;
த்வமேவ = you alone; you only;
ஸர்வம் = all;
மம = mine; mymy; mine;
தே³வதே³வ = Oh! god of the gods;
Shloka 183 Misc
ௐ ணமோ அரிஹந்தாணம்
ௐ ணமோ ஸித்³தா⁴ணம்
ௐ ணமோ ஆயரியாணம்
ௐ ணமோ உவஜ்ஜா²யாணம்
ௐ ணமோ லோஏ ஸவ்வஸாஹுணம்
ஏஸோ பஞ்ச ணமோகாரோ
ஸவ்வ பாவபணாஸணோ
மங்க³ளாணம் ச ஸவ்வேஸிம்
பட⁴மம் ஹவஈ மங்க³ளம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 183
Obeisance to the Arihantas – perfect souls – Godmen, I bow down to
those who have reached omniscience in the flesh and teach the road to
everlasting life in the liberated state.
Obeisance to Siddhas – liberated bodiless souls, I bow down to those
who have attained perfect knowledge and liberated their souls of all
karma.
Obeisance to the masters – heads of congreagations, I bow down to those
who have experienced self-realization of their souls through self-control
and self-sacrifice.
Obeisance to the Teachers – ascetic teachers, I bow down to those who
understand the true nature of the soul and teach the importance of the
spiritual over the material.
Obeisance to all the ascetic aspirants in the universe, I bow down to
those who strictly follow the five great vows of conduct and inspire
us to live a virtuous life.
This five fold obeisance mantra, to these five types of great souls
I offer my praise.
Destroys all demerits. Such praise will diminish my sins.
And is the first and foremost of all, Giving this praise
is most auspicious.
Auspicious recitations, So auspicious as to bring happiness
and blessings..
%E183 Word Meanings 183;
Shloka 184 Misc
ப்³ரஹ்மார்பணம் ப்³ரஹ்ம ஹவி: ப்³ரஹ்மாக்³நௌ ப்³ரஹ்மணா ஹுதம் ।
ப்³ரஹ்மைவ தேந க³ந்தவ்யம் ப்³ரஹ்மகர்மஸமாதி⁴நா ॥ ॥
Meaning 184
Brahman is the oblation. Brahman is the clarified butter. The
oblation is poured by Brahman into the fire of Brahman. Brahman
shall be realized by the one who considers everything as (a
manifestation or) an act of Brahman..
%E184 Word Meanings 184;
ப்³ரஹ்மார்பணம் = offered or dedicted to the Brahman;
ப்³ரஹ்ம = Brahman; God;
ஹவி: = the object or thing offered as sacrifice;
ப்³ரஹ்மாக்³நௌ = in the Brahma which is in the form of a fire;
ப்³ரஹ்மணா = By Brahman;
ஹுதம் = that which has been offered as the sacrifice;
ப்³ரஹ்மைவ = Like Brahman;
தேந = by him or that;
க³ந்தவ்யம் = that which should be reached;
ப்³ரஹ்மகர்மஸமாதி⁴நா = through the meditation-state becoming like Brahman;
Shloka 185 Misc
கர்மண்யேவாதி⁴காரஸ்தே மா ப²லேஷு கதா³சந ।
மா கர்மப²லஹேதுர்பி:⁴ மா தே ஸங்கோ³ஸ்த்வ கர்மணி ॥ ॥
Meaning 185
You have right over your respective duty only, but no control
or claim over the results. The fruits of work should not be your
motive. You should never be inactive..
%E185 Word Meanings 185;
கர்மண்யேவாதி⁴காரஸ்தே = Your right is only for doing your duty;
மா = do not;
ப²லேஷு = in or among the fruits;
கதா³சந = some time or other; once,;
மா = do not;
கர்மப²லஹேதுர்பி:⁴ = fruits of work as a motive;
கர்ம = duty or work;
ப²ல = fruit;
ஹேதூ = motive;
மா = do not;
தே = to you or your (here:poss.);
ஸங்கோ³ஸ்து = ?? ;
அகர்மணி = without the action or duty;
Shloka 186 Krishna
யத்ர யோகே³ஶ்வர: க்ருʼஷ்ணோ யத்ர பார்தோ² த⁴நுர்த⁴ர: ।
தத்ர ஶ்ரீர்விஜயோ பூ⁴திர்த்⁴ருவா நீதிர்மதிர்மம ॥ ॥
Meaning 186
Where there is the king of yoga Sri Krishna and where there is the
archer Arujna there lies prosperity and victory such is my opinion..
%E186 Word Meanings 186;
யத்ர = the place where;
யோகே³ஶ்வர: = the master of Yoga science;
க்ருʼஷ்ணோ = Krishna;
யத்ர = the place where;
பார்தோ² = Partha; Arjuna;
த⁴நுர்த⁴ர: = the one wearing a bow;
தத்ர = there;
ஶ்ரீர்விஜயோ = the glorified victory;
பூ⁴திர்த்⁴ருவா = ?? ;
நீதிர்மதிர்மம = ?? ;
Shloka 187 Misc
பார்தா²ய ப்ரதிபோ³தி⁴தாம் ப⁴க³வதா நாராயணேந ஸ்வயம்
வ்யாஸேநக்³ரதி²தாம் புராணமுநிநா மத்⁴யே மஹாபா⁴ரதே ।
அத்³வைதாம்ருʼதவர்ஷிணீம் ப⁴க³வதீமஷ்டாத³ஶாத்⁴யாயிநீம்
அம்ப³ த்வாமநுஸந்த³தா⁴மி ப⁴க³வத்³கீ³தே ப⁴வேத்³வேஷிணீம் ।
இதி கீ³தாஸ்தவ ॥ ॥
Meaning 187
O Bhagvad Gita with which PArtha was enlightened by Lord
NArAyaNa himself and which was incorporated in Mahabharata
by the ancient sage Vyasa – the blessed Mother, the destroyer
of rebirth, showering down the nectar of Advaita, and consisting
of eighteen chapters – upon Thee, O Bhagvad Gita! O loving Mother!
I meditate..
%E187 Word Meanings 187;
பார்தா²ய = to Partha, Arjuna;
ப்ரதிபோ³தி⁴தாம் = the awakened; the enlightened one; the taught one;
ப⁴க³வதா = by the bhagavAn;
நாராயணேந = by Narayana;
ஸ்வயம் = by oneself ; by one’s own efforts;
வ்யாஸேநக்³ரதி²தாம் = the one written by Vyasa;
புராணமுநிநா = by the ancient sage;
மத்⁴யே = in the midddle;
மஹாபா⁴ரதே = in the mahabarata epic;
அத்³வைதாம்ருʼதவர்ஷிணீம் = the goddess who rains the nectar or the non-dual philosophy;
ப⁴க³வதீமஷ்டாத³ஶாத்⁴யாயிநீம் = the goddess who is contemplated in 18 chapters or ways;
அம்ப³ = Oh Goddess! or mother!;
த்வாமநுஸந்த³தா⁴மி = I shall follow or obey you;
ப⁴க³வத்³கீ³தே = in the book `bhagavatgita’ meaning the song of the Lord;
ப⁴வேத்³வேஷிணீம் = ?? ;
இதி = thusthus;
கீ³தாஸ்தவ = at (M.nom.) the hymn praising Gita;
Shloka 188 Misc
ஸர்வோபநிஷதோ³ கா³வோ தோ³க்³தா⁴ கோ³பாலநந்த³ந: ।
பார்தோ² வத்ஸ: ஸுதீ⁴ர்போ⁴க்தா து³க்³த⁴ம் கீ³தாம்ருʼதம் மஹத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 188
All the UpaniShads are the cows, the son of the cowherd (Krishna)
is the milker, Partha (Arjuna) is teh calf, men of purified
intellect are the drinkers and the supreme nectar Gita is the
milk..
%E188 Word Meanings 188;
ஸர்வோபநிஷதோ³ = all the `upanishad’s or Vedanta;
கா³வோ = cows;
தோ³க்³தா⁴ = the milking man;
கோ³பாலநந்த³ந: = the delightful protector of cows; refers to Krishna;
பார்தோ² = Partha; Arjuna;
வத்ஸ: = child; the young one;
ஸுதீ⁴ர்போ⁴க்தா = the intellect is the eater or enjoyer;
து³க்³த⁴ம் = milk;
கீ³தாம்ருʼதம் = nectar-like gita;
மஹத் = great; big;
Shloka 189 Misc
ஶ்ரீமந்மஹாக³ணாதி⁴பதயே நம: ।
ஶ்ரீ ஸரஸ்வத்யை நம: । ஶ்ரீகு³ரவே நம: ।
ஶ்ரீமாதாபித்ருʼப்⁴யாம் நம: ।
ஶ்ரீலக்ஷ்மீநாராயணாப்⁴யாம் நம: ।
ஶ்ரீஉமாமஹேஶ்வராப்⁴யாம் நம: ।
இஷ்டதே³வதாப்⁴யோ நம: । குலதே³வதாப்⁴யோ நம: ।
ஸ்தா²நதே³வதாப்⁴யோ நம: । வாஸ்துதே³வதாப்⁴யாம் நம: ।
ஸர்வேப்⁴யோ தே³வேப்⁴யோ நமோ நம: । அவிக்⁴நமஸ்து ।
தே³வதாவந்த³நம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 189
Salutations to Lors Ganesha.
Salutations to Goddess Sarasvati.
Salutations to Guru..
%E189 Word Meanings 189;
ஶ்ரீமந்மஹாக³ணாதி⁴பதயே = to the venerable and great chief of the
`ganNA’s, attendants of Shiva i.e.Ganesha;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ஶ்ரீ = relating to Prosperity; wealth; goddess LakShmi and ` shrIH’
is fem.nom.; also an honourable prefix;
ஸரஸ்வத்யை = to Sarasvati;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ஶ்ரீகு³ரவே = to the respected teacher;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ஶ்ரீமாதாபித்ருʼப்⁴யாம் = to the respectable mother and father;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ஶ்ரீலக்ஷ்மீநாராயணாப்⁴யாம் = to the respectable LakShmi and Narayana;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ஶ்ரீஉமாமஹேஶ்வராப்⁴யாம் = to the venerable Uma and Mahesvara;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
இஷ்டதே³வதாப்⁴யோ = for the favoured gods;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
குலதே³வதாப்⁴யோ = to the deity of the ancestors;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ஸ்தா²நதே³வதாப்⁴யோ = to the gods who have been assigned different positions;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
வாஸ்துதே³வதாப்⁴யாம் = to the gods who govern construction of house,
temple, etc. architecture;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ஸரேவேப்⁴யோ = to everyone;
தே³வேப்⁴யோ = to the gods;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
அவிக்⁴நமஸ்து = let there be no obstacles or hurdles;
தே³வதாவந்த³நம் = bowing to or worship of the gods;
Shloka 190 Misc
ஹரே ராம ஹரே ராம ராம ராம ஹரே ஹரே ।
ஹரே க்ருʼஷ்ண ஹரே க்ருʼஷ்ண க்ருʼஷ்ண க்ருʼஷ்ண ஹரே ஹரே ॥ ॥
Meaning 190
This is also known as the ‘Maha Mantra’.
This is just a chanting of the names Ram and Krishna together with Hari
which is the principle name of Vishnu whose incarnations are these..
%E190 Word Meanings 190;
ஹரே = OH! hari;
ராம = Lord Rama;
ஹரே = OH! hari;
ராம = Lord Rama;
ராம = Lord Rama;
ராம = Lord Rama;
ஹரே = OH! hari;
ஹரே = OH! hari;
ஹரே = OH! hari;
க்ருʼஷ்ண = of Krishna; black;
ஹரே = OH! hari;
க்ருʼஷ்ண = of Krishna; black;
க்ருʼஷ்ண = of Krishna; black;
க்ருʼஷ்ண = of Krishna; black;
ஹரே = OH! hari;
ஹரே = OH! hari;
Shloka 191 Misc
யோகே³ந சித்தஸ்ய பதே³ந வாச: மலம் ஶரீரஸ்ய ச வைத்³யகேந ।
யோபாகரோத்தம் ப்ரவரம் முநீநாம் பதஞ்ஜலிம்
ப்ராஞ்ஜலிராநதோঽஸ்மி ॥ ॥
Meaning 191
With joined hands, I stay bowed to Patanjali-the pereminent among the
sages, who removed the
impurities of the mind by (explaining) yoga, of the speech by
(commenting on) grammar and of the body by (expounding) medicine.
.
%E191 Word Meanings 191;
யோகே³ந = through yoga or meditation;
சித்தஸ்ய = of the consciousness or mind;
பதே³ந = through a step or word or leg;
வாச: = of speech;
மல = impurity; dirt; excreta;
ஶரீரஸ்ய = of the body;
ச = and;
வைத்³ய = the science of medicine;
யோபாகரோத் = (yaH) who (apAkarot) removed; repelled;
ப்ரவர = the chief; the great; the preeminent;
முநீநாம் = of the sages;
ப்ராஞ்ஜலி: = with joined hands;
ஆநதோঽஸ்மி = am (asmi) bowed, prostrated (AnataH);
Shloka 192 Misc
விநாயகம் கு³ரும் பா⁴நும் ப்³ரஹ்மாவிஷ்ணுமஹேஶ்வராந் ।
ஸரஸ்வதீம் ப்ரணம்யாதௌ³ ஸர்வகார்யார்த²ஸித்³த⁴யே ॥ ॥
Meaning 192
Having first saluted, to ensure the success in all desired goals,
the various deities VinAyaka, Guru, BhAnu,the triad of Brahma,
Vishnu and Shiva as well as SarasvatI;.
%E192 Word Meanings 192;
கு³ரு = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
பா⁴நு = the sun;
ப்³ரஹ்மாவிஷ்ணுமஹேஶ்வரா: = trimUrtI (three gods) Brahma, Vishnu;
and Shiva;
ப்ரணம்ய = having saluted (pra+nama);
ஆதௌ³ = first;
ஸர்வ = all;
கார்யார்த² = goals (artha) of deeds (kArya);
ஸித்³த⁴யே = for success or completion (siddhi);
Shloka 193 Misc
நாராயணம் நமஸ்க்ருʼத்ய நரஞ்சைவ நரோத்தமம் ।
தே³வீம் ஸரஸ்வதிம் வ்யாஸ ததோ ஜய முதீ³ரயேத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 193
Saluting Narayana, the human and the best of humans, Devi Sarasvati,
and Vyas from which the victory will originate..
%E193 Word Meanings 193;
நாராயணம் = Vishnu;
நமஸ்க்ருʼத்ய = having bowed or saluted;
நரந் = human, man;
ச = also;
ஏவ = alone; only; here it would mean `indeed’;
நரோத்தமம் = most high or best man;
தே³வீம் = goddess;
ஸரஸ்வதிம் = Goddess Sarasvati;
வ்யாஸ = relating to the sage Vyasa;
ததோ = then;
ஜய = at (M.nom.) victory;
முதீ³ரயேத் = ?? ;
Shloka 194 Misc
பீ⁴ஷ்மத்³ரோணதடா ஜயத்³ரத²ஜலா கா³ந்தா⁴ரநீலோத்பலா
ஶல்யக்³ராஹவதீ க்ருʼபேண வஹநீ கர்ணேந வேலாகுலா ।
அஶ்வத்தா²மவிகர்ணகோ⁴ரமகரா து³ர்யோத⁴நாவர்திநீ
ஸோத்தீர்ணா க²லு பாண்ட³வை ரணநதீ³ கைவர்தக: கேஶவ: ॥ ॥
Meaning 194
With Bhishma and Drona as its banks, Jayadratha as its water, Gandhar
as the blue lilies in it, Shalya as the crocodile, Kripa as its mighty
flow, Karna as the turbulent waves, Ashvatthama and Vikarna as sharks,
and Duryodhana as vortices in it, the river of the Mahabharata war was
crossed (won) by the Pandavas, indeed due to the able boatman Krishna..
%E194 Word Meanings 194;
ரணநதீ³ = river as a metaphor for the mahAbhArata war;
பீ⁴ஷ்மத்³ரோணதடா = whose banks are bhIShma and droNa;
ஜயத்³ரத²ஜலா = with jayadratha as water;
கா³ந்தா⁴ரநீலோத்பலா = with gAndhAr as blue lily;
ஶல்யக்³ராஹவதீ = having shalya as a crocodile/shark;
க்ருʼபேண வஹநீ = with kR’ipA as the river flow;
கர்ணேந வேலாகுலா = and karNa as its breakers;
அஶ்வத்தா²மவிகர்ணகோ⁴ரமகரா = ashvatthAmA and vikarNa as fearsome sharks;
து³ர்யோத⁴ந ஆவர்திநீ= duryodhana as whirlpools;
ஸ = that (fem) (river);
உத்தீர்ணா = crossed over;
க²லு = indeed;
பாண்ட³வை: = by the pANDavas;
கைவர்தக: = the boatman;
கேஶவ: = kR’iShNa;
Shloka 195 Misc
கீ³தா ஸுகீ³தா கர்தவ்யா கிமந்யை: ஶாஸ்த்ரவிஸ்தரை: ।
யா ஸ்வயம் பத்³மநாப⁴ஸ்ய முக²பத்³மாத்³விநி:ஸ்ருʼதா ॥ ॥
Meaning 195
What other shastras are required for those who read the beautiful / Divine Gita
since they have heard it from the Lord himself..
%E195 Word Meanings 195;
கீ³தா = the book bhagavatgita;
ஸுகீ³தா = well sung one;
கர்தவ்யா = needed, required;
கிமந்யை: = what other;
ஶாஸ்த்ரவிஸ்தரை: = by the details of the bookish knowledge;
யா = She who;
ஸ்வயம் = by oneself ; by one’s own efforts;
பத்³மநாப⁴ஸ்ய = Padmanabha’s;
முக²பத்³மாத்³விநி:ஸ்ருʼதா = emanating from the lotus mouth of;
Shloka 196 Misc
ௐ ஈஶாவாஸ்யமித்³ँ ஸர்வம் யத்கிஞ்ச ஜக³த்யாம் ஜக³த் ।
தேந த்யக்தேந பு⁴ஞ்ஜீதா² மா க்³ருʼத:⁴ கஸ்யஸ்வித்³த⁴நம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 196
All this is for habitation by the Lord, whatsoever is individual
universe of movement in the universe of motion. By that renounced thou
shouldst enjoy; lust not after any man’s possission..
%E196 Word Meanings 196;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ஈஶாவாஸ்யமித்³ँ = the world is manifested by the Lord or controlled by Him;
ஸர்வம் = all;
யத்கிஞ்ச = whatever little;
ஜக³த்யாம் = in the world;
ஜக³த் = the world;
தேந = by him or that;
த்யக்தேந = by the one who has abandoned or sacrificed;
பு⁴ஞ்ஜீதா² = ?? ;
மா = do not;
க்³ருʼத:⁴ = ?? ;
கஸ்யஸ்வித்³த⁴நம் = ?? ;
Shloka 197 Misc
ஹயக்³ரீவ ஹயக்³ரீவ ஹயக்³ரீவேதி வாதி³நம் ।
நரம் முஞ்சந்தி பாபாநி த³ரித்³ரமிவ யோஷித: ॥ ॥
Meaning 197
Keep repeating / chanting the name of HayagrIva. It frees men of their
sins and removes their poverty..
%E197 Word Meanings 197;
ஹயக்³ரீவ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ஹயக்³ரீவ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ஹயக்³ரீவேதி = hayagrIva and iti;
வாதி³நம் = speaker; disputant, plaintiff;
நரம் = man;
முஞ்சந்தி = release; untie;
பாபாநி = sins;
த³ரித்³ரமிவ = like a poor person;
யோஷித: = women;
Shloka 198 Misc
ஹயக்³ரீவ ஹயக்³ரீவ ஹயக்³ரீவேதி யோ வதே³த் ।
தஸ்ய நிஸ்ஸரதே வாணீ ஜஹ்நுகந்யா ப்ரவாஹவத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 198
He who says HayagrIva, his speech will flow like the river Ganges in spate..
%E198 Word Meanings 198;
ஹயக்³ரீவ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ஹயக்³ரீவ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ஹயக்³ரீவேதி = hayagrIva and iti;
யோ = He who;
வதே³த் = May one speak or utter;
தஸ்ய = his;
நிஸ்ஸரதே = emanates;
வாணீ = Goddess Sarasvati; or speech;
ஜஹ்நுகந்யா = the daughter of the sage Jahnu; refers to the river ganga;
ப்ரவாஹவத் = just as a flood;
Shloka 199 Misc
ஹயக்³ரீவ ஹயக்³ரீவ ஹயக்³ரீவேதி யோ த்⁴வநி: ।
விஶோப⁴தே ஸ வைகுண்ட² கவாடோத்³கா⁴டநக்ஷம: ॥ ॥
Meaning 199
The sound of the name HayagrIva will cause the doors of VaikuNTha to
open for him..
%E199 Word Meanings 199;
ஹயக்³ரீவ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ஹயக்³ரீவ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ஹயக்³ரீவேதி = hayagrIva and iti;
யோ = He who;
த்⁴வநி: = sound;
விஶோப⁴தே = shines; goes well;
ஸ = a prefix meaning `together’; `with’;
வைகுண்ட² = the abode of Vishnu;
கவாடோத்³கா⁴டநக்ஷம: = ?? ;
Shloka 200 Misc
ஸர்வேஷ்வாரப்³த⁴கார்யேஷு த்ரயஸ்த்ரிபு⁴வநேஶ்வரா: ।
தே³வா தி³ஶந்து ந: ஸித்³தி⁴ம் ப்³ரஹ்மேஶாநஜநார்த³நா: ॥ ॥
Meaning 200
Oh! the Lord of three worlds, Brahma, Shiva, and Vishnu;
show us success in all the works we start..
%E200 Word Meanings 200;
ஸர்வேஷ்வாரப்³த⁴கார்யேஷு = in all the works that have been begun;
த்ரயஸ்த்ரிபு⁴வநேஶ்வரா: = ?? ;
தே³வா = of gods;
தி³ஶந்து = May give or grant or bestow; show;
ந: = us; to us or ours;
ஸித்³தி⁴ம் = achievement; materialisation;
ப்³ரஹ்மேஶாநஜநார்த³நா: = Brahma, Shiva and Vishnu;
Shloka 201 Misc
யாநி காநி ச பாபாநி ப்³ரஹ்மஹத்யாஸமாநி ச ।
தாநி தாநி விநஶ்யந்தி ப்ரத³க்ஷிண பதே³ பதே³ ॥ ॥
Meaning 201
Oh! Lord, I have committed many sins all my life, even those as
evil as killing a righteous person.I beseech you to destroy them at
every step that I take around you..
%E201 Word Meanings 201;
யாநி = They which;
காநி = how many;
ச = and;
பாபாநி = sins;
ப்³ரஹ்மஹத்யாஸமாநி = deeds which are equivalent to the killing of a BrahmaN.;
ச = and;
தாநி = they;
தாநி = they;
விநஶ்யந்தி = dissipate; get destroyed; die out;
ப்ரத³க்ஷிண = going in rounds from left to right (clock-wise);
பதே³ = at or in the step or word;
பதே³ = at or in the step or word;
Shloka 202 Misc
மந்த்ரஹீநம் க்ரியாஹீநம் ப⁴க்திஹீநம் ஸுரேஶ்வர
யத்பூஜிதம் மயாதே³வ பரிபூர்ணம் தத³ஸ்து மே ।
அபராத⁴ ஸஹஸ்ராணி க்ரியந்தேঽஹர்நிஶம் மயா
தா³ஸோঽயம் இதி மாம் மத்வா க்ஷமஸ்வ புருஷோத்தம ॥ ॥
Meaning 202
Oh Lord of Lords, whatever shortcomings that may be there in the
mantras chanted by me, or in the actions and puja, or even in my
devotion itself, let them be overcome and be made complete when I
worship you with devotion.
Oh Lord, there may be thousands of mistakes committed by me day and
night. Please consider me as your humble servant and forgive these
Oh Supreme Lord..
%E202 Word Meanings 202;
மந்த்ரஹீநம் = one who does not know the mantra or who is without the mantra;
க்ரியாஹீநம் = devoid of any actions;
ப⁴க்திஹீநம் = one who is bereft of devotion;
ஸுரேஶ்வர = Oh! master of the gods or adj.;
யத்பூஜிதம் = that worshipped;
மயா = by me;
தே³வ = god;
பரிபூர்ணம் = the most complete;
தத³ஸ்து = let that be;
மே = to me or my;
அபராத⁴ = at (M.acc.) offence; guilt; defect; mistake;
misdeed;(M.nom.) offence; crime; guilt; sin;
ஸஹஸ்ராணி = thousands;
க்ரியந்தேঽஹர்நிஶம் = are (being) done day and night;
மயா = by me;
தா³ஸோঽயம் = this servant;
இதி = thusthus;
மாம் = me;
மத்வா = having thought or considered;
க்ஷமஸ்வ = Excuse (me or us);
புருஷோத்தம = Oh! the best person;
Shloka 203 Misc
ப்³ரஹ்மாணம் ஶங்கரம் விஷ்ணும் யமம் ராமம் த³நும் ப³லிம் ।
ஸப்தைதாந் ய:ஸ்மரேந்நித்யம் து:³ஸ்வபந்ஸ்தஸ்ய நஶ்யதி ॥ ॥
Meaning 203
That person who remembers the seven Gods, Lord Brahma, Shiva,
ViShNu, Yama, RAma, dhanu and bali, always, will have all bad
dreams destroyed..
%E203 Word Meanings 203;
ப்³ரஹ்மாணம் = the Lord Brahman;
ஶங்கரம் = Shankara;
விஷ்ணும் = Vishnu;
யமம் = the lord of death;
ராமம் = Rama;
த³நும் = name of a female person called `danuH’ daughter of ‘daxa and wife of KaShyapa;
ப³லிம் = sacrificial offering;
ஸப்தைதாந் = these seven;
ய:ஸ்மரேந்நித்யம் = He who remembers daily or always;
து:³ஸ்வபந்ஸ்தஸ்ய = of a man who is having bad dreams;
நஶ்யதி = gets destrroyed; dies; loses;becomes destroyed; expires;
Shloka 204 Misc
நமோঽஸ்து ராமாய ஸலக்ஷ்மணாய தே³வ்யை ச தஸ்யை ஜநகாத்மஜாயை ।
நமோঽஸ்து ருத்³ரேந்த்³ர யமநிலேப்⁴யோ நமோঽஸ்து சந்த்³ராக்³நி மருத்க³ணேப்⁴ய: ॥ ॥
Meaning 204
(prayer to multiple gods for removal of obstacles)
Grief stricken Lord Hanuman unable to find Sita in Ashoka garden prays
for a solution:
Salutations to Lord Ram accompanied by Laxman and to Janaka’s daughter
goddess Sita. Salutations to Shiva, group of gods Rudras,
to Indra, the Lord of gods, to Yama, the Lord of death, and to Wind God.
Salutations to the Moon, Sun, and other deities..
%E204 Word Meanings 204;
நமோঽஸ்து = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ராமாய = to Rama;
ஸலக்ஷ்மணாய = to the one with LakShmana i.e. Rama;
தே³வ்யை = to the goddess or god-like woman;
ச = and;
தஸ்யை = to her;
ஜநகாத்மஜாயை = to the daughter of Janaka i.e to Sita;
நமோঽஸ்து = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ருத்³ரேந்த்³ர = the chief or best of the Rudras;
யமநிலேப்⁴யோ = to or from Yama, Vayu and others;
நமோঽஸ்து = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
சந்த்³ராக்³நி = the moon and the Fire-god;
மருத்க³ணேப்⁴ய: = ?? ;
Shloka 205 Misc
நர்மதா³யை நம: ப்ராத: நர்மதா³யை நமோ நிஶி ।
நமோঽஸ்து நர்மதே³ துப்⁴யம் த்ராஹி மாம் விஷஸர்பத:³ ।
ஜரத்கார்வோர்ஜரத்கர்வாம் ஸமுத்பந்ந மஹாயஶா: ।
அஸ்தீக ஸத்யஸந்தோ⁴ மாம் பந்நகே³ப்⁴யோ அபி⁴ரக்ஷது ॥ ॥
Meaning 205
(prayer to Narmada river as well as for protection from snake-bite)
(1) Prayer to Narmada river
Salutation to Narmada, the River Goddess in the morning. Salutation to
Narmada in the evening. O, Narmada, I salute you. Please protect me from
venomous serpents.
(2) Prayer for protection from snake-bite.
The great Epic MahAbhArata tells the story of an ascetic named
jaratkAru. He saw some men suspended over a deep pit with their heads
down on a rope of fiber which was being gradually gnawed by a rat. He
learnt that they were his ancestors brought to this state by his not
having a son to perform certain prescribed rites and if he remained
childless, the rope will break and they would fall into the pit.
jaratkAru agreed to give up the life of the ascetic and to marry on
condition that the bride should have his name. Vesuki, the king of
serpents, offered his sister jaratkAru whom the ascetic married. They
had a son named astika. he was the protector of serpents who hence would
respect him.
Now here is the prayer:
May the renowned and truthful astika, born of jaratkAru and his wife
jaratkAru, protect me from serpents..
%E205 Word Meanings 205;
நர்மதா³யை = to Goddess (river) Narmada;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ப்ராத: = in the morning;
நர்மதா³யை = to Goddess (river) Narmada;
நமோ = bowing; salute;
நிஶி = during the night;
நமோঽஸ்து = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
நர்மதே³ = Oh! Narmada river;
துப்⁴யம் = to you;
த்ராஹி = save; protect;
மாம் = me;
விஷஸர்பத:³ = from the poisonous snakes;
ஜரத்கார்வோர்ஜரத்கர்வாம் = jaratkArvA the wife of;
ஸமுத்பந்ந = ?? ;
மஹாயஶா: = people of great renown;
அஸ்தீக = of the sage Astika;
ஸத்யஸந்தோ⁴ = One bound to speak or defend the truth.;
மாம் = me;
பந்நகே³ப்⁴யோ = to or fom serpants or snakes;
அபி⁴ரக்ஷது = Let one protect me or us;
Shloka 206 Misc
?? அத்
ஆவாஹநம் ந ஜாநாமி ந ஜாநாமி விஸர்ஜநம் ।
தஸ்மாத்காருண்ய பா⁴வேந க்ஷமஸ்வ பரமேஶ்வர ॥ ॥
Meaning 206
(pUjAvidhi)
I do not know how to invoke God, nor do I know how to bid farewell to
the invoked God. Hence O Supreme God ! Please forgive me with
compassion..
%E206 Word Meanings 206;
ஆவாஹநம் = invocation or calling one to be present;
ந = NoNot; no;
ஜாநாமி = I know;
ந = NoNot; no;
ஜாநாமி = I know;
விஸர்ஜநம் = the ending way or leave taking after having invoked
the deity; emission; quitting; abandoning;
தஸ்மாத்காருண்ய = from that compassion;
பா⁴வேந = with emotions (heart);
க்ஷமஸ்வ = excuse; forgive;
பரமேஶ்வர = (m) supreme being, supreme god;
ரகு⁴நந்த³ந = the son (best) of Rashu dynasty;
பரமேஶ்வரி = (f) supreme being, supreme goddess; % From Vishnu SahsranAma + TR Chari’s site;
Shloka 207 Misc
யத³க்ஷர பத³ப்⁴ரஷ்டம் மாத்ரா ஹீநந்து யத்³ப⁴வேத் ।
தத்ஸர்வம் க்ஷம்யதாம் தே³வ நாராயண நமோঽஸ்துதே ॥ ॥
Meaning 207
This is used to request the Lord to oversee any mistakes in chanting any puja or Slokas.
Oh! nArAyaNa, I salute to you and I request you to pardon me for any mistakes
I might have committed in uttering any letter, phrase and any syllables
that I might have missed..
%E207 Word Meanings 207;
யத³க்ஷர = that letter;
பத³ப்⁴ரஷ்டம் = a slipped or missed word;
மாத்ரா = a unit of measurement; as far as; as little as, etc.;
ஹீநந்து = ?? ;
யத்³ப⁴வேத் = ?? ;
தத்ஸர்வம் = all that;
க்ஷம்யதாம் = let one or me or us be forgiven;
தே³வ = Oh! god Oh! God!;
நாராயண = O! Narayana;
நமோঽஸ்துதே = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 208 Misc
கார்பண்ய தோ³ஷோபஹத ஸ்வபா⁴வ:
ப்ருʼச்சா²மி த்வாம் த⁴ர்ம ஸம்மூட⁴சேதா: ।
யச்ச்²ரேயஸ்யாந்நிஶ்சிதம் ப்³ரூஹி தந்மே
ஶிஷ்யஸ்தேঽஹம் ஶாதி⁴ மாம் த்வாம் ப்ரபந்நம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 208
With my nature overwhelmed by mistaken pity, my mind deluded
about my duty, I beseech you to tell me with certainity
what is the supreme good. I seek refuge in you, so please treat
me as your disciple and texh me..
%E208 Word Meanings 208;
கார்பண்ய = pity; compassion; poverty; wretchedness;
தோ³ஷோபஹத = the defect or mistake having been removed; or the
defect or mistake which has removed or destroyed something;
ஸ்வபா⁴வ: = one’s normal nature or tendency;
ப்ருʼச்சா²மி = I ask;
த்வாம் = you;
த⁴ர்ம = religious; of duty or good conduct;
ஸம்மூட⁴சேதா: = persons with perplexed or stupified mind;
யச்ச்²ரேயஸ்யாந்நி: = ?? ;
சிதம் = ?? ;
ப்³ரூஹி = tell; speak; utter;
தந்மே = ?? ;
ஶிஷ்யஸ்தேঽஹம் = I am your disciple;
ஶாதி⁴ = Teach; instruct; order; rule over;
மாம் = me;
த்வாம் = you;
ப்ரபந்நம் = the one who has arrived or reached or surrendered;
Shloka 209 Misc
நம: ஸர்வஹிதார்தா²ய ஜக³தா³தா⁴ரஹேதவே ।
ஸாஷ்டாங்கோ³ঽயம் ப்ரணாமஸ்தே ப்ரயத்நேந மயா க்ருʼத: ॥ ॥
Meaning 209
My Salutations to you, Oh Lord, who is responsible for the welfare of
all beings and who supports this world, which you have created. I fully
prostrate to you
and request your help for success in my efforts..
%E209 Word Meanings 209;
நம: = bowing; salutation;
ஸர்வஹிதார்தா²ய = for the welfare of all;
ஜக³தா³தா⁴ரஹேதவே = to the one who is the cause for the support or basis of the world;
ஸாஷ்டாங்கோ³ঽயம் = ?? ;
ப்ரணாமஸ்தே = ?? ;
ப்ரயத்நேந = bu the efforts;
மயா = by me;
க்ருʼத: = the Supreme Being;
Shloka 210 Misc
உரஸா ஶிரஸா த்³ருʼஷ்ட்யா மநஸா வசஸா ததா² ।
பத்³ப்⁴யாம் கராப்⁴யாம் ஜாநுப்⁴யாம் ப்ரணாமோঽஷ்டாங்க³ உச்யதே ॥ ॥
Meaning 210
The bowing with the chest, head, eyes, mind, speech, feet, and knees,
is called the eight-fold salution..
%E210 Word Meanings 210;
உரஸா = by the chest;
ஶிரஸா = by the head;
த்³ருʼஷ்ட்யா = through sight (F.instr.);
மநஸா = through the mind;
வசஸா = through words;
ததா² = like that (cf. yathA tathA);
பத்³ப்⁴யாம் = through the or to the or from the two feet;
கராப்⁴யாம் = through the or to the or from the 2 hands;
ஜாநுப்⁴யாம் = through the or to the or from the two knees;
ப்ரணமோঽஷ்டாங்க³ = bowing by 8 parts of the body (touching the ground);
உச்யதே = ?? ;
Shloka 211 Misc
யாநி காநி ச பாபாநி ஜந்மாந்தரக்ருʼதாநி ச ।
தாநி தாநி விநஶ்யந்தி ப்ரத³க்ஷிணபதே³ பதே³ ॥ ॥
Meaning 211
Oh! Lord, I have committed many sins all my life, right from my
birth. I beseech you to destroy them at every step of my pradakShina
(going around God).
%E211 Word Meanings 211;
யாநி = They which;
காநி = how many;
ச = and;
பாபாநி = sins;
ஜந்மாந்தரக்ருʼதாநி = ?? ;
ச = and;
தாநி = they;
தாநி = they;
விநஶ்யந்தி = dissipate; get destroyed; die out;
ப்ரத³க்ஷ்ஹிண = circumbulation, (going around God);
பதே³ = at or in the step or word;
பதே³ = at or in the step or word;
Shloka 212 Misc
க³தம் பாபம் க³தம் து:³க²ம் க³தம் தா³ரித்³ர்யமேவ ச ।
ஆக³தா ஸுக²ஸம்பத்தி: புண்யாச்ச தவ த³ர்ஶநாத் ॥ ॥
Meaning 212
When we see you Oh Lord, all our sins, sorrows and abject poverty
disappear instantly and immediately, we get happiness, wealth and
virtues..
%E212 Word Meanings 212;
க³தம் = goes;
பாபம் = sin;
க³தம் = goes;
து:³க²ம் = sorrow; unhappiness;
க³தம் = goes;
தா³ரித்³ர்யமேவ = poverty alone;
ச = and;
ஆக³தா = having come; the one female who has come;
ஸுக²ஸம்பத்தி: = wealth in the form of happiness;
புண்யாச்ச = ?? ;
தவ = youryour;
த³ர்ஶநாத் = from the sight of; from seeing;
Shloka 213 Misc
அந்யதா² ஶரணம் நாஸ்தி த்வமேவ ஶரணம் மம ।
தஸ்மாத்காருண்யபா⁴வேந ரக்ஷஸ்வ பரமேஶ்வர ॥ ॥
Meaning 213
There is no refuge for me other than you, Oh Lord! and I seek
refuge in you alone. Therefore, Supreme God, please show
compassion and protect me..
%E213 Word Meanings 213;
அந்யதா² = otherwise or other ways;
ஶரணம் = seeking refuge or surrender;
நாஸ்தி = no one is therenot there;
த்வமேவ = you alone; you only;
ஶரணம் = seeking refuge or surrender;
மம = mine; mymy; mine;
தஸ்மாத் = ?? ;
காருண்ய = ?? ;
பா⁴வேந = ?? ;
ரக்ஷஸ்வ = protect or save;
பரமேஶ்வர = supreme god;
பரமேஶ்வரி = supreme goddess;
Shloka 214 Misc
அபராத⁴ஸஹஸ்ராணி க்ரியந்தேঽஹர்நிஶம் மயா ।
தா³ஸோঽயமிதி மாம் மத்வா க்ஷமஸ்வ பரமேஶ்வர ॥ ॥
Meaning 214
There are thousands of faults, misdeeds, offences that are done by me
day and night. Please consider that I am your humble servant and forgive
me Oh! Supreme Lord..
%E214 Word Meanings 214;
அபராத⁴ஸஹஸ்ராணி = 1000 misdeeds or offences;
க்ரியந்தேঽஹர்நிஶம் = are (being) done day and night;
மயா = by me;
தா³ஸோঽயமிதி = ?? ;
மாம் = me;
மத்வா = having thought or considered;
க்ஷமஸ்வ = excuse; forgive;
பரமேஶ்வர = supreme god;
பரமேஶ்வரி = supreme goddess;
Shloka 215 Misc
கா³ங்க³ம் வாரி மநோஹாரி முராரிசரணச்யுதம் ।
த்ரிபுராரிஶிரஶ்சாரி பாபஹாரி புநாது மாம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 215
The water of the river ga.ngA, the pleasing water, the water born at
the feet of murArI (Vishnu), the water that moves about on the head
of tripurArI (Shiva), the water that cleanses sins; may it purify
me!.
%E215 Word Meanings 215;
கா³ங்க³ம் = of the river ga.ngA;
வாரி = water;
மநோஹாரி = pleasing;
முராரிசரணச்யுதம் = born at the feet of murArI;
த்ரிபுராரிஶிரஶ்சாரி = moves about on the head of tripurArI;
பாபஹாரி = cleanses sins;
புநாது = may it purify;
மாம் = me;
Shloka 216 Shiva
அஸிதகி³ரிஸமஸ்யாத் கஜ்ஜலம் ஸிந்தூ⁴பாத்ரே
ஸுரதருவரஶாகா² லேக²நீ பத்ரமூர்வீ ।
லிக²தி யதி³ க்³ருʼஹித்வா ஶாரதா³ ஸர்வகாலம்
தத³பி தவ கு³ணாநாமீஶ பாரம் ந யாதி ॥ ॥
Meaning 216
Take one big mountain of eye ointment and dissolve it as black ink in
the pot made out of ocean, take a branch of the heavenly tree as the pen,
the earth (ground) as the parchment, arrange for Sharada to write all the
time with this understanding, still it would not be enough to describe
all of your Good Qualities, oh Isha!
.
%E216 Word Meanings 216;
அஸிதகி³ரிஸமஸ்யாத் = like (samaM) a black (asita) mountain (giri);
கஜ்ஜலம் = eye ointment; collyrium or black ink;
ஸிந்து⁴பாத்ரே = in the pot (pAtra) of ocean (si.ndhu) [7];
ஸுரதருவர = the heavenly tree;
ஶாகா² = a branch;;
லேக²நீ = writing instrument;
பத்ர = leaf; page;
உர்வீ = earth;
லிக²தி = writes (likha);
யதி³ = if;
க்³ருʼஹீத்வா = while holding;
ஶாரதா³ = goddess worshipped during the autumnal season sharad as
Durga, LakShmi and Sarasvati;
ஸர்வகாலம் = for ever;
தத³பி = even then;
தவ = your;
கு³ணாநாம் = of the good qualities;
ஈஶ = Hey Isha[8];
பார = end; other side;
ந = no;
யாதி = goes;
Shloka 217 Shiva
ஶிவம் ஶிவகரம் ஶாந்தம் ஶிவாத்மாநம் ஶிவோத்தமம் ।
ஶிவமார்க³ ப்ரணேத⁴ரம் ப்ரணதோஸ்மி ஸதா³ஶிவம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 217
Salutations to Sadashiva, the ever auspicious;
The leader of all auspicious paths;
Sacred, purifier, embodiment of peace;
Excelling the best, the auspicious Self Itself..
%E217 Word Meanings 217;
ஶிவம் = to the auspicious One;;
ஶிவகரம் = to the One who provides auspiciousness;
ஶாந்தம் = to the embodiment of Peace;
ஶிவாத்மாநம் = to the One who is the auspicious Self Itself;
ஶிவோத்தமம் = to the One who is best of all auspicious beings;
ஶிவமார்க³ = the auspicious approach;
ப்ரணேதா⁴ரம் = bowing humbly;
ப்ரணதோஸ்மி = I offer obeisance;
ஸதா³ஶிவம் = to the eternally auspicious One.;
Shloka 218 Vishnu
நமாமி நாராயண பாத³பங்கஜம்
கரோமி நாராயண பூஜநம் ஸதா³ ।
ஜபாமி நாராயண நாம நிர்மலம்
ஸ்மராமி நாராயண தத்த்வமவ்யயம் ॥ ॥
Meaning 218
I salute the lotus-feet of NArAyaNa, propitiate Narayana,
speak of the pure name of Narayana and bear in mind the
immutable factuality of Narayana..
%E218 Word Meanings 218;
?? ;
?? ;
Shloka 219 Rama
ராமநாம ஸதா³ ப்ரேரணா ஸம்ஸ்மராமி ஜக³த்³கு³ரும் ।
க்ஷணம் விஸ்ம்ருʼதிம் யாதி ஸத்யம் ஸத்யம் வசோ மம ॥ ॥
Meaning 219
I remember the ever inspiring name of the world-teacher Ram;
Even a moment of forgetfullness brings …; true is my word..
%E219 Word Meanings 219;
ராம = Oh! Rama;
நாம = name;
ஸதா³ = always; ever;
ப்ரேரணா = inducement; urge; encouragement; prompting;
ஸம்ஸ்மராமி = I remember well;
ஜக³த்³கு³ரும் = the preceptor of the world;
க்ஷணம் = moment;
விஸ்ம்ருʼதிம் = forget;
யாதி = goes; attains;
ஸத்யம் = the truth;
ஸத்யம் = the truth;
வசோ = word;
மம = mine; my;
Shloka 9999 %
ௐ ஶாந்தி: ஶாந்தி: ஶாந்தி: ।
Meaning 9999
OM Peace, Peace, Peace!.
%E9999 Word Meanings 219;
ௐ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
ஶாந்தி: = Peace; tranquility;
Also Read Collection of Commonly Recited Shlokas:
Collection of Commonly Recited Shlokas in Hindi with Meanings in Hindi | English | Bengali | Gujarati | Punjabi | Kannada | Malayalam | Oriya | Telugu | Tamil